Home

HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual

1. att koi T2 TB 1 H Xt NG T3 1TC l i OL1 l Line L Overload o l1 T Relay Incoming Loe I2 Inverter nm Manual 2 ower Es 113 IL3 Reset L3 Jes H l OPTA9 Sigal a ki ka le 7 Contactor 1 1DV Reference Pa X1 o i 24V DC PS N Analog Input Voltage cola utput one 2 Vins Range 010V DC ole Contactor a L 3 GND I O Ground jD 4 Lin Analog Input Current Ja ox 5 mad Range 4 20mA afd 2 7 6 24Vout Control Voltage Output ia 7 GND 1 0 Ground Motor Motor 8 DIN1 Start i On Inverter On Bypass R sing 9 DIN2 External Fault R F ever 10 DIN3 Fault Reset i li t TF Starter mi cma DIN1 DIN3 Common 3 4 3 4 OPTBS Relay 9 3 6 12 24Vout Control Voltage Output IRO3 Drive Run 3 FD 13 GND I O Ground Aux Contacts for Customer Use 221 11 23 R 14 DIN4 Accel Decel Time Sel Rated 10 Amps at 600V AC 15 DIN5 PM Setback l P 116 DIN6 Bypass Overload Fault RO4 Bypass la R 17 CMB DIN4 DING Common 25 25 l F H 18 Lout Output Frequency 19 Lout Analog Output IRO5 OL1 Reset 5 VS 20 D01_ Digital Output Ready T 28 1 29 21 OPTA2 al a aaa aac 22 Z Relay Output 1 Fo I 23 Run Contactor a24 H2 Relay Output 2 Ep 25 Fault 26 o 7 F D S1 Drive Power OFF ON Figure 5 13 IntelliPass Control Diagra
2. HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 a TYPE 12 4 00 101 6 3 00 76 2 Minimum Free Air Minimum Air a 21 10 Space Required 6 Space A ry T Required a Both Sides o o o 5 H1 H2 O H pi 0 44 11 2 ountin 8 oe Holes A w1 gt 4 Places ke W gt gt D1 x D gt 2 gt 1 LI J o Figure 5 3 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B Table 5 4 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Approx Ship Voltage hp Weight Weight AC IL H H1 H2 W W1 D D1 Lbs kg Lbs kg 208V 20 30 40 00 38 00 36 35 20 92 19 30 16 76 2 34 185 229 230V 20 30 1016 0 965 2 923 3 531 4 490 2 425 7 59 4 84 104 480V 40 75 TD04008003E 5 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 TYPE 12 gatit 0 44 11 2 Ma g 3 00 76 2 Mounting 4 00 101 6 Minimum inte cin Mir seas Mounting 4 00 101 6 Minimum JANE Air Space ta Places Free J Minin Both Si
3. Code Signal Name Unit ID Description V5 1 Motor speed rpm 2 Calculated motor speed V5 2 Motor speed 1590 Motor Nominal Speed V5 3 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference setting V5 4 Output frequency Hz 1 Frequency to the motor V5 5 Motor current A 1780 Measured motor current V5 6 Motor torque 4 Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque V5 7 Motor power 5 Calculated power based on nominal motor power V5 8 Instantaneous kW 1888 Calculated power based on output to motor V5 9 Energy meter KwH 1666 Kilowatt hours total usage V5 10 Motor voltage V 6 Calculated motor voltage V5 11 DC bus voltage V 7 Measured DC bus voltage V5 12 Motor run time Hrs 1701 Motor run time total P5 13 Run Display Format 1565 Changes motor run time between seconds minutes hours and days V5 14 Unit temperature 8 Heatsink temperature V5 15 Calculated motor C 1917 Calculated motor temperature based on the motor temperature nameplate information and the calculated motor load V5 16 Analog Input 1 V 13 Voltage Input at Terminal Al1 and GND V5 17 Analog Input 2 mA 14 Current Input at Terminals Al2 and Al2 V5 18 Analog Input 3 mA 1680 Current Input at Terminals Al3 and Al3 V5 19 Analog Input 4 mA 1710 Current Input at Terminals Al4 and Al4 V5 20 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input status Figure 6 10 V5 21 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital inp
4. August 2006 Note Set the multimeter to the ohm function and check the power ground terminal and DC bus terminals as indicated in Table 5 12 Table 5 12 Static Checks of DC Bus DC Bus Terminal DC Bus Terminal B Ground Terminal Multimeter Power Reading B Overload Check Insert black Not used OL Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead B 1st Ohm Check Not used Insert red multimeter O L Insert black multimeter lead lead B 2nd Ohm Check Not used Insert red multimeter O L Insert black multimeter lead lead Figure 5 10 is a detailed schematic to aid in performing the static checks 6 Pulse Diode Inverter Section Bridge Rectifier Main Converter Section Contactor B DC i LI L2 I L3 Bus Dynamic Braking Output Transistors Capacitors Transistor IGBT Section Figure 5 10 Schematic for Static Checks TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 15 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Intelli Pass Power Wiring for TYPE 1 Use the same tools shown in Figure 5 9 to install a TYPE 1 Drive August 2006 Circuit Breaker Endplate Circuit Breaker Extension Bar 24V DC Power Supply Optional 3rd Input Contactor Ribbon Cable Hinge 1 Contactor Overload Output amp Bypass Contactor Ground Studs Drive Enclosure Endplate F
5. Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size w1 w2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia A FR7 9 3 6 8 10 6 10 0 25 6 24 8 24 8 7 4 7 4 9 8 10 1 4 6 3 237 175 270 253 652 632 630 189 189 23 20 257 117 6 FR8 112 14 0 13 0 32 8 29 3 10 2 10 4 1 7 2 2 13 5 4 3 4 285 355 330 832 745 258 265 43 57 344 110 9 Table A 11 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR7 FR8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Size W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia B FR7 9 2 6 9 10 0 24 4 7 4 7 4 1 4 1 3 3 3 233 175 253 619 189 189 35 32 7 6 FR8 11 9 13 0 31 9 10 2 10 4 4 301 330 810 258 265 9 A 12 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 H1 gt a bi 7 2 T A I d 3 W2 W1 UO y AE Sf Y R2 R1 R2 je H3 i E l j A p1 D2 e e e e e y Figure A 12 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 Table A 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR9 Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Size Voltage hp Ip H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 dia R2 dia FR9 480 200 250 45 3 44 2 42 4 13 4 14 3 18 9 15 7 8 4 575 125 200 1152 1122 1076 340 362 480
6. Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp h H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4 FR10 480V 300 400 33 5 7 24 7 10 8 19 9 17 9 16 7 16 6 850 17 627 275 506 455 423 421 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 17 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 W8 gt W6 e W6 j e WS Wee W7 s Wbje wala gt W6 W7 W6 je 7 H get O 000 6000 d Dia 1 Bi Dic W e D3 g pe i na o lo H F io oe kad W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 I lt W1 gt j D1 gt K NN A iO o H1 H2 lo oj o o Operator Shown with A nabanned D Y Y Figure A 17 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive Table A 17 Dimensions for HVX9000 NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp l w1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 FR11 480V 500 600 31 26 2 40 6 50 79 3 43 2 95 2 52 1 18 79 45 74 80 20 18 794 61 165 20 87 75 64 30 2018 1900 512 5 Table A 17 Dimensions for HVX9000 NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive continued Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight Size Voltage
7. Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 13 1 FBDataOut1Sel 0 10000 1 1590 852 Motor Speed Percent 8 60 Motor speed 95 P1 13 2 FBDataOut2Sel 0 10000 1 1 Output 853 Output Frequency Hz 8 60 frequency Hz P1 13 3 FBDataOut3Sel 0 10000 1 25 854 Frequency Reference Hz 8 60 Frequency reference Hz P1 13 4 FBDataOut4Sel 0 10000 1 2 Motor 855 Motor Speed rpm 8 60 speed rpm P1 13 5 FBDataOut5Sel 0 10000 1 1780 856 Motor Current 8 60 Motor current P1 13 6 FBDataQut6Sel 0 10000 1 5 Motor 857 Motor Power 8 60 power P1 13 7 FBDataOut7Sel 0 10000 1 1701 858 Motor Run Time Minutes 8 61 Motor run time minutes P1 13 8 FBDataQut8Sel 0 10000 1 1666 859 Energy Meter Kilowatts 8 61 Energy meter kW P1 13 9 FLN Address 0 99 1 99 1900 Sets communications address for 8 61 Siemens Apogee System P1 13 10 FLN Address 0 99 1 99 1589 Reads communications address for 8 61 Siemens Apogee System This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apo gee Network The preceding parameter becomes invisible TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 15 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Table B 14 Monitoring Menu Items August 2006
8. Range AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 Default AnOUT 0 1 AJouT SIGNAL Connect the AO3 signal to the analog output of choice with this parameter Range 0 13 Azout FUNCTION This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output 3 signal Not used Output frequency 0 fmax Frequency reference 0 fmax Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed Output current 0 Inmotor Motor torque 0 TnMotor Motor power 0 Prmotor Motor voltage 0 VnMotor DC link voltage 0 1000V PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output Default 0 Not used O ONAOA Ad hBWN 2 O Range 0 00 10 00 Units Seconds AJouT FILTER TINE When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 it activates the function that filters out disturbances from the analog output 3 signal A long filtering time makes the output signal change slower If you set a value of 0 no filtering takes place See Figure 8 5 Default 1 00 TD04008003E 8 27 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 36 Analog Output 3 A3out Inversion P1 3 37 Analog Output 3 A3out Minimum P1 3 38 Analog Output 3 A3out Scale August 2006 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion Aout INVERT Setting this parameter to 1 inverts the analog output 3 signal so that
9. D gt XI 5 CA ir bi SA A il A A oo Q Ge H1 H2 H2 H3 H H3 kd H5 Ha o a YY gt ix lt D1 gt b S y lt lt W1 gt gt lt D1 ai D2 Figure 5 7 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box C Table 5 8 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Voltage hp Weight AC l H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 Lbs kg 208V 40 60 58 09 56 45 54 77 48 35 78 09 77 64 230V 40 75 1475 5 1433 8 1391 2 1228 1 1983 5 1972 1 480V 100 150 Consult Factory Table 5 8 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions continued Voltage hp Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm AC IL WwW w1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 208V 40 60 37 73 30 92 29 30 3 34 17 74 16 77 3 31 230V 40 75 958 3 785 4 744 2 84 8 450 6 426 0 84 1 480V 100 150 5 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Power Wiring Intelli Pass Power Wiring for TYPE 3R and 12 Hood not present on TYPE 12 drive Power Ground Stud Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker 24V DC Power Supply Handle Optional 3rd Input Contactor Keypad Cable Space Heater not on electrical schematic Output amp Bypass Contactor Auxiliary Contactor 50 hp TYPE 3R 480V AC optional on TYPE
10. 14 15 17 Connect the motor leads to the motor overload terminals labeled 1TA 1TB and 1TC Using the appropriate metric Allen wrench 2 5 mm 3 mm or 4 mm tighten each overload terminal per the specifications in the contactor user s manual A CAUTION An English Allen wrench will damage the terminals and the motor overload will need to be replaced not covered by warranty 16 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive Reinsert the motor overload terminal block Motor Overload Terminals Motor Leads For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 continued 18 Use a flat blade screwdriver to connect the motor ground wire to the ground stud located at either the top or bottom of the drive s enclosure Motor Ground Stud 19 20 Lift to open the cover on the motor overload and use a flat blade screwdriver to set the overload amperage to match the value on the motor nameplate Turn the auto manual reset factory default is manual on the motor overload 90 to the auto position Auto Manual 21 22 23 24 Use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the low voltage I O term
11. 0 0 cee eee eens 4 2 Table 4 3 Option Board A9 Terminal Descriptions 00 c eee 4 4 Table 4 4 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions eee 4 6 Table 5 1 HVX IntelliPass Drive Catalog Numbering System aa 5 1 Table 5 2 NEMA TYPE 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions 5 2 Table 5 3 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive DIMENSIONS cers oak ul day PLA Me KANY obs VAG ee Sew me Kh nha KN NG 5 3 Table 5 4 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive DIMENSIONS 4503 KABA AKALANG enade RAMA AW ee eek me Kh Gate Le eee 5 4 Table 5 5 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive DIMENSIONS paha ceres Kaha NLA MG Cawsey a bageeees setae abe Lee ede 5 5 Table 5 6 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions 000 ccc eee eee eee e eee eeeeaae 5 6 Table 5 7 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions 000 ccc ee eee teen eee e ee eeaaes 5 7 Table 5 8 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive DIMENSIONS 4 dama 4 eds Peek ee bed ons e daa Peed PEN LANG ee he cee 5 8 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 5 10 Table 5 10 Static Checks of Converter cece ee nee eee eens 5 14 Table 5 11 Static Checks of Inverter cece teen eens 5 14 Table 5 12 Static Chec
12. 83 11 Power Multimonitor V3 11 1 All 3 Output Currents Figure 6 8 System Menu Structure TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 11 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 System Menu Parameters 3 1 Default English Language Selection LANGUAGE This parameter offers the ability to control the HVX9000 through the keypad in the language of your choice Currently available languages are English Spanish French and Portuguese 3 2 Default HVX 11 13 Application APPLICATION Selection This parameter sets the active application if multiple applications have been loaded When changing applications you will be asked if you want the parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad If you wish to load the new application parameters push the ENTER button Pushing any other button saves the parameters of the previously used application in the keypad System Menu Copy Parameter Options S3 3 The parameter copy function is used when the operator wants to copy one or all parameter groups from one drive to another All the parameter groups are first uploaded to the keypad then the keypad is connected to another drive and then the parameter groups are downloaded to it or possibly back to the same drive Note Before any parameters can successfully be copied from one drive to another the drive must
13. O OSLO G1 1 Basic Parameters P1 1 1 Minimum Frequency P1 1 2 Maximum Frequency P1 1 3 Acceleration Time 1 P1 1 4 Deceleration Time 1 P1 1 5 Motor Nominal Current 1161 2 Input Signals P1 2 1 DIN1 Function P1 2 2 Interlock Timeout P1 2 3 Delay Time P1 2 4 DIN2 Function P1 2 5 DIN3 Function G1 13 Fieldbus Keypad Control Menu M2 In the Keypad Control Menu you can set the frequency reference PID Setpoint and PID Figure 6 6 Parameter Menu Structure Setpoint 2 choose the motor direction for keypad operation and choose the keypad Damper Start Function See Figure 6 7 O O DO m R2 1 Keypad Speed Reference m R2 2 PID Setpoint 1 I R2 3 PID Setpoint 2 P2 4 Keypad Direction P2 5 Panel Damper Start Function Figure 6 7 Keypad Control Menu TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 9 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer R2 1 Keypad Speed Reference R2 2 PID Setpoint 1 R2 3 PID Setpoint 2 R2 4 Keypad Direction R2 5 Panel Damper Function August 2006 Range 0 0 100 0 Units Percent KEYPAD SPEED REF The keypad reference displays and allows the operator to edit the motor speed reference The changes will take place immediately This reference value will not however influence the motor rotation speed
14. 0000 cece eee 5 15 Figure 5 11 Identification of TYPE 1 Components 0c cece eee eee e eee 5 16 Figure 5 12 IntelliPass Power and Motor Terminal Wiring Example 5 21 Figure 5 13 IntelliPass Control Diagram 0 c ee eee eens 5 22 Figure 5 14 Option Board B5 Wiring Diagram 0 0 5 23 Figure 5 15 Option Board B5 Terminal Location 00 ccc cece eee eee 5 24 Figure 6 1 Keypad and Display 00 cece eee 6 1 Figure 6 2 Operate Menu Navigation 0 00 cece eee eee nee 6 5 Figure 6 3 Enable Bypass 000 cee et eee 6 6 Figure 6 4 Main Menu Navigation 1 0f 2 0 00 eee eee 6 7 Figure 6 5 Main Menu Navigation 2 of 2 2 eee 6 8 Figure 6 6 Parameter Menu Structure 0 00 eee eens 6 9 Figure 6 7 Keypad Control Menu 1 0 00 eee eee ene 6 9 Figure 6 8 System Menu Structure 2 2 e cece eee 6 11 Figure 6 9 Expander Board Menu Structure 00 0c eee eee eee 6 19 Figure 6 10 Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status 000 eee eee 6 22 Figure 6 11 Digital Inputs DIN4 DIN5 DING Status 0 0 00 c eee eee 6 22 Figure 6 12 Digital Outputs DO1 RO1 RO2 Status 0 0 00 cee eee 6 22 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 List of Figures For Listing by Topic see Appendix D continued
15. 400 20 9 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 camel CA O Yio Ws amp Q w1 E ra w5 2 O 1 o o Y pa D3 C 2 6 0 Dil Y Figure A 13 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 Table A 13 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR9 Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia FR9 18 9 15 7 6 5b 4 121 45 3 44 1 28 3 8 0 6 7 4 14 2 13 4 11 2 8 480 400 165 9 54 1152 1120 721 205 16 188 361 5 340 285 21 Brake resistor terminal box H6 included when brake chopper ordered For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 L M D1 y H5 gt F H3 il H3 gt s H3 gt lt H5 A W4 Flange Opening W3 o o FR9 Ng W4 y H6 gt le H1 gt 20 5 Dia Figure A 14 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEM
16. 16 2 16 5 2 3 135 120 410 420 5 7 FR6 7 3 6 7 6 2 21 2 21 6 3 2 3 185 170 157 539 549 7 5 7 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 lt H1 lt __ _M HH z io m H2 A P o o T W2 W1 O O ka a Y R2 R1 Knockouts H3 di o NI gt gt lt Figure A 9 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR7 Table A 8 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR7 Knockouts Inches Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm mm Frame R1 R2 Weight Size Voltage hp H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 w1 W2 dia dia Lbs kg N1 O D FR7 230V 25 40 24 8 24 2 23 2 10 1 3 0 7 3 9 3 7 5 7 4 77 2 3 1 5 37 A80 150 75 030 614 590 257 77 184 237 190 18 9 35 575V 40 50 A 10 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 ag H1 gt bae H2 t ke TO
17. _ located at bottom Optional 3rd Contactor S1 Switch provided for drive isolation Figure 5 11 Identification of TYPE 1 Components Note You will need to consult the electrical schematic supplied with the drive and the appropriate wiring diagram The Auxiliary Contactor is optional on TYPE 1 Drives Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 1 Verify that the main power source is removed upstream 2 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the four screws securing the outer cover of the drive and remove the cover Outer Cover 3 Using the same screwdriver remove the two center screws securing the side cover 4 Make sure there is adequate room and open the hinged side cover Two Screws on Side Cover 5 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 continued 5 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the screws securing the endplate at the bottom of the drive enclosure and remove the endplate 6 Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut one or more holes in the endplate located at the bottom of the drive s enclosure for the motor and power leads Note If bringing the power leads in through the top of the drive s enclosure go to step 7 If not proceed to step 9 Bottom Endp
18. August 2006 Table 6 3 Navigation Buttons Button Description Start Sars This button operates as START button for normal operation when the Keypad is selected as the active control lt enter 43 Enter a This button in the parameter edit mode is used to leave the programming mode leave the parameter group save the parameter setting and move to the next parameter This button is also used to reset Fault History e Fault History is reset if ENTER is pressed on the Fault History menu group in Monitoring Menu or e if ENTER is pressed while in the Fault History menu Stop Reset STOP This button has three integrated functions The button operates as the reset STOP button during normal operation In the fault mode it is used as the fault RESET button It is also used to enter programming mode when pressed for two seconds from the Operate Menu motor STOP from the keypad used to reset the active fault Bypass Switches between the drive and bypass modes HOA Hoa Steps through Hand Off and Auto control modes Press Enter to select mode If Enter is not pressed control mode will remain in previous control mode Left Arrow G navigation button movement to left in display mode enter parameter group mode in parameter edit mode exits mode backs up one step cancels edited parameter exit from a parameter edit mode Right Arrow navigation button movement to right enter parameter gro
19. Cutler Hammer P1 11 18 PID Control Derivative Time P1 11 19 PID Control Derivative Time Read Only August 2006 Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 00 Units Seconds 10 CONTR D TIME This parameter defines the derivation time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 seconds a change of 10 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 00 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as a PI controller See examples 1 2 and 3 below Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 00 Units Seconds 1O CONTR D TIME READ ONLY Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the drive output behaves as follows Given values PID Control Gain P 0 PID Max Limit 100 0 PID Control Integral Time tirne 1 00 s PID Min Limit 0 0 PID Control Derivative Time D time 0 00 s Min Frequency 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 00 Max Frequency 60 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as I controller only According to the given value of parameter PID Control Integral Time I time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value is 0 This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apogee Network The prec
20. For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E 1 N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 continued 22 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove all the faceplate screws on the high voltage faceplate and remove the faceplate High Voltage Faceplate Optional Bottom Note Location of the screws may Faceplate vary from the drive illustrated There may be screws securing a bottom faceplate which also need to be removed 23 Make sure power is off and L1 12 3 B B BT T1 T2 T3 perform static checks as described in Table 5 10 for the converter Table 5 11 for the inverter and Table 5 12 for the DC bus Note Static check shown is for L3 and B terminals 24 Once the pre power static checks are completed reinstall the faceplate and drive cover tightening all the screws 25 Reinsert the keypad cable 26 Make sure that the drive s 3rd contactor S1 switch if present is in the ON position shown in OFF position Note The bypass mode operates with the switch in the OFF position however the drive will not run Yet the keypad will operate 27 Close the drive door and turn the circuit breaker handle in a clockwise direction Note If the circuit breaker latch is locked use a flat blade screwdriver to turn the screw to release the handle A WARNING High voltage
21. Range 0 3 Default 0 START SRO HAND This parameter determines where the Hand start is controlled from 0 Keypad 1 BAS 2 I O terminals 3 wire Start Stop 3 Keypad Panel Damper This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apogee Network The preceding parameter becomes invisible Digital inputs must be programmed for Run Enable Interlock for 3 wire control Digital inputs must be programmed for Run Enable Interlock and Damper Output unless just using Delay Start For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 1 16 Range 0 7 Default 4 Reference Source REF SOURCE HAN Hand This parameter determines the frequency reference input source when operating in the Hand mode Analog Input Al1 Analog Input Al2 Analog Input Al3 Analog Input Al4 Not operational at this time Keypad reference Communication Bus Motor potentiometer PID Controller When selected PID Reference and Actual Value must be programmed in PID Control group NO OBWN r O P1 1 17 Range 0 3 Default 1 Start Source Auto START SRCE AUTO This parameter determines where the Auto start is controlled from 0 Keypad 1 BAS I O terminal 2 wire Start Stop 2 I O terminals 3 wire Start Stop 3 Communication bus Digital inputs must be progra
22. Units Percent 5 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 5 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 6 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 6 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 7 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 7 preset speed 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 0 50 0 75 0 100 0 Note Speeds are selected based on Speed Select 1 through Speed Select 3 digital input selections The Speed Selects are based on Binary inputs converted to the 7 Preset Speeds See Table 8 8 and Multistep Manual Table 8 8 Binary Inputs for Seven Preset Speeds Preset Speed Speed Select 1 Speed Select 2 Speed Select 3 1 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 3 1 1 0 4 0 0 1 5 1 0 1 6 0 1 1 7 1 1 1 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 59 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 13 1 Fieldbus Data Out 1 Select P1 13 2 Fieldbus Data Out 2 Select P1 13 3 Fieldbus Data Out 3 Select P1 13 4 Fieldbus Data Out 4 Select P1 13 5 Fieldbus Data Out 5 Select P1 13 6 Fieldbus Data Out 6 Select August 2006 Parameter Group G1 13 Fieldbus Range 0 10000 FBOATAGUTISEL Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 1590 Motor speed 96 Range 0 10000 FOGATAOUT2SEL Allows
23. 40 50 hp 230V 50 75 hp FR8 170 80 20 9 480V 100 hp 480V 125 150 hp FR8 354 195 40 22 575V 60 100 hp 480V 200 250 hp FR9 354 195 40 22 575V 125 200 hp 480V 300 400 hp FR10 620 354 70 40 The isolation standoff of the bus bar will not withstand the listed tightening torque Use a wrench to apply a counter torque when tightening TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Installation Instructions 1 Strip the motor and power cables as shown in Figure 3 1 and Table 3 7 Ground T Power Motor Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths August 2006 Product Power Wiring in Inches mm Motor Wiring in Inches mm Frame Horsepower Voltage Size A1 B1 C1 D1 A2 B2 C2 D2 1 3 230 FR4 0 59 1 38 0 39 0 79 0 28 1 97 0 28 1 38 1 1 2 7 1 2 480 15 35 10 20 7 50 7 35 5 10 230 FR5 0 79 1 57 0 39 1 18 0 79 2 36 0 39 1 57 10 20 480 20 40 10 30 20 60 10 40 15 20 230 FR6 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 0 79 3 54 0 59 2 36 25 40 480 20 90 15 60 20 90 15 60 3 30 575 25 40 230 FR7 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 0 98 4 72 50 75 480 25 120 25 120 25 120 25 120 40 50 575 50
24. 84 1 77 98 480V 1 30 5 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 TYPE 3R 0 44 11 2 Mounting Holes 4 Places Figure 5 6 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B Table 5 7 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Approx Ship Voltage hp Weight Weight AC IL H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs kg Lbs kg 208V 20 30 46 09 44 4b 42 77 36 35 26 31 20 92 19 30 2 69 17 74 16 76 3 31 235 290 230V 20 30 1170 7 1129 0 1086 4 923 3 668 3 531 4 490 2 68 3 450 6 425 7 84 1 107 132 480V 40 75 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 0 44 11 2 0 44 11 2 TYPE 3R AL Noles Mounting Holes kag W 4 Places p WwW a D T W2 TY lt
25. Analog voltage Al1 terminals 2 3 Analog current Al2 terminals 4 5 8 52 8 52 P1 11 9 Act 1 Max Scale 1000 0 1000 0 0 1 Yo 100 0 337 100 no maximum scaling 8 52 P1 11 10 P1 11 11 Act 1 Min Scale Actual 2 Input 1000 0 1000 0 0 9 0 1 Yo 0 0 0 Not used 336 335 0 Yo no minimum scaling Not used Analog current Al3 Analog current Al4 Communication bus Motor torque Motor speed Motor current Motor power DOODNDUOBWN O Analog voltage A11 terminals 2 3 Analog current Al2 terminals 4 5 8 52 8 53 P1 11 12 Actual 2 Max Scale 1000 0 1000 0 0 1 Yo 100 0 339 100 no maximum scaling 8 53 P1 11 13 Actual 2 Min Scale 1000 0 1000 0 Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Not available at this time 0 1 Yo 0 0 338 0 Yo no minimum scaling 8 53 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 13 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 11 Parameter Group G1 11 PID Control continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 11 14 PID Contr Gain 0 0 1000 0 0 1 Yo 10 0 118 0 PID controller acts as ID 8 53 controller P1 11 15 PID Contr Gain Read 0 0 1000 0 0 1 10
26. Figure 6 13 Active Fault Display Example 2 2 ee 6 22 Figure 6 14 Sample Fault History Display 00 00 ccc eee eee teens 6 24 Figure 6 15 Operate Menu Navigation 2 00 e eee een ees 6 25 Figure 8 1 DC Braking Command 000 eee eee ene teens 8 6 Figure 8 2 Al1 Signal Filtering 0 0 c ce ete etn 8 10 Figure 8 3 Al2 Signal Filtering 0 0 c eee eet ene n eens 8 11 Figure 8 4 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling 8 12 Figure 8 5 Analog Output Filtering eee ee ene eens 8 15 Figure 8 6 Analog Output Inversion 00 cece ete eee 8 16 Figure 8 7 Analog Output Scale 0 cece tet n saa KEEA RE 8 17 Figure 8 8 Output Frequency Supervision 0 00 cece eee teens 8 24 Figure 8 9 External Brake Control 0 0 0 cece eet ete eens 8 25 Figure 8 10 Acceleration Deceleration Curve S Shaped a ees 8 29 Figure 8 11 DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Coasting 8 31 Figure 8 12 DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Ramp aaa 8 32 Figure 8 13 DC Braking Time at Start c cece teens 8 32 Figure 8 14 Skip Frequency Area Setting 00 cece eet eens 8 34 Figure 8 15 Ramp Speed Scaling Between Skip Frequencies 8 34 Figure 8 16 Linear and Squared Change of Motor Voltage 8 36 Figure 8 17 Programmable V f Ratio 0
27. Filter Time P1 3 30 Analog Output 2 A2our Inversion P1 3 31 Analog Output 2 A2out Minimum August 2006 Range 10 75 C Default 40 C Units degrees Celsius TEMP SUP VALU This parameter sets the temperature that is supervised by Temperature Function Supervision parameter Range AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 Default AnOUT 0 1 Acour SIGNAL Connect the AO2 signal to the analog output of choice with this parameter Range 0 13 Default 4 Output Current Agout FUNCTION This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output 2 signal Not used Output frequency 0 fmax Frequency reference 0 fmax Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed Output current 0 Inmotor Motor torque 0 Tnmotor Motor power 0 Pnmotor Motor voltage 0 VnMotor DC link voltage 0 1000V PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output O ON OD Ad WON O Range 0 00 10 00 Default 1 00 Units Seconds Alegut FILTER TIME When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 it activates the function that filters out disturbances from the analog output 2 signal A long filtering time makes the output signal change slower If you set a value of 0 no filtering takes place See Figure 8 5 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion Adour INVERT Setting this parameter to 1 inverts the analog output 2 signa
28. Motor Torque Motor Power Instantaneous kW V5 9 Energy Meter Motor Voltage DC Bus Voltage Motor Run Time Run Dsply Format Unit Temperature Calculated Motor Temperature Analog Input 1 Analog Input 2 Analog Input 3 Analog Input 4 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 DING DIN Status DO1 RO1 RO2 RO3 RO4 ROS Relay Output Status Analog lout Analog Output 2 Analog Output 3 PID Setpoint PID Actual Value PID Error Value PID Output Active Faults A5 33 1 Active Fault 1 I T5 33 1 1 Operation Days A Fault History H5 34 1 Most Recent Fault I T5 34 1 Operation Days T5 34 13 Zero Speed H5 34 x Oldest Saved Fault x Multimonitor Menu Motor Speed RPM Motor Nom Speed FreqReference Output Frequency Motor Current Motor Torque Motor Power DC Bus Voltage Unit Temperature 0 Calculated Motor Temperature Analog Input 1 Analog Input 2 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 DO1 RO1 RO2 RO3 RO4 RO5 Analog lout PID Setpoint PID Actual Value PID Error Value PID Output Multimonitor Figure 6 5 Main Menu Navigation 2 of 2 August 2006 6 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Parameter Menu M1 The Parameter Menu is a multi level menu arranged by parameter group as illustrated in Figure 6 6 Parameters and parameter groups are explained in further detail in Chapter 8 and Appendix B
29. Warning frequency applied 10s earlier is set as reference Warning the 4 mA Fault Frequency is set as reference Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting aoBRWN r O P1 7 2 Range 0 00 Maximum Frequency Default 0 00 4 mA Fault Units Hertz Frequency 4A FAULT FREQ If the value of 4 mA Reference Fault Response above is set to 3 and the 4 mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter P1 7 3 Range 0 2 Default 0 Al1 VDC Fault 1 VOC FAULT RESPONSE Response 9 No action 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault External Fault EXTERNAL FAULT A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 or DING The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or programmed into digital output DO1 and RO2 or RO3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 5 Range 0 3 Default 0 No Response Input Phase INPUT PHASE SUPV Supervision The input phase supervision monitors that the input phases of the HVX9000 have approximately equal currents If not the response programmed by this parameter occurs 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting
30. e Always work with another person e Be sure equipment is properly grounded e Wear safety glasses TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 13 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Static Checking August 2006 Static checking tests the integrity of the power carrying components diodes capacitors and IGBTs within the drive assembly Performing these static checks ensures that no damage occurred during shipping or installation that could cause a failure when the drive is powered N IMPORTANT Make sure there is no power to the drive before proceeding with any of the static checks After checking each set of terminals zero out the multimeter by touching the metal tips of the red positive and black negative leads to each other Note Set the multimeter to the diode function and check each power terminal consecutively with each DC bus terminal as indicated in Table 5 10 Table 5 10 Static Checks of Converter DC Bus Terminal Power Terminal Multimeter L1 L2 L3 Reading B 1st Overload Check Insert black Insert black Insert black OL Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 2nd Overload Check Insert red Insert red Insert red OL Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 1st Voltage Check Insert
31. is a kind of fault that makes the drive stop Actions need to be taken in order to restart the drive AR Auto Restart If an AR fault occurs the drive will also stop Fault immediately The fault is reset automatically and the drive tries to restart the motor If the restart is not successful a fault trip FT occurs FT Fault Trip If the drive is unable to restart the motor after an AR fault an FT fault occurs The effect of the FT fault is the same as that of the F fault the drive is stopped Range 1 82 FAULT CODE Fault codes indicate the cause of the fault A list of fault codes their descriptions and possible solutions can be found in Appendix C Fault and Warning Codes Range T 1 T 16 FAULT TIME DATA In this menu important data recorded at the time the fault is available This feature is intended to help the user or the service person to determine the cause of fault Table 6 13 indicates the information that is recorded TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 23 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 6 13 Fault Time Data Data Units Description T 10 D Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code T 2 hh mm ss Counted operation hours d Fault 43 Counted operation days T 3 Hz Output frequency hh mm ss Fault 43 Counted operation hours T 4 A Motor current T
32. or Relay Output 2 RO2 Function The current active reference is supervised It may come from place A or B depending on the DING input from the keypad if keypad is the active control or from the communication bus if the communication bus is the active control 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 8 24 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 3 22 Reference Supervision Value P1 3 23 External Brake Off Delay P1 3 24 External Brake On Delay Range 0 0 100 0 Default 0 0 Units Percent REF SUPERV VAL This parameter sets the reference value to be supervised by Reference Supervision Limit parameter Range 0 0 100 0 Default 0 5 Units Seconds EXT BRAKE OFFOEL The activation of the external brake can be linked to the Start and Stop control signals with the External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay parameters which define the time for which the external brake remains in its previous position before reacting to the START STOP signal See Figure 8 9 To program the brake control signal you can use either the digital output DO1 or the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see Digital Output 1 DO1 Function Relay Output 1 RO1 Function or Relay Output 2 RO2 Function Range 0 0 100 0 Default 0 5 Units Seconds EXT BRAKE ONGEL The activation of the external brake can be linke
33. region See Figure 8 14 0 No skip frequency range 3 OutputA Frequency Hz te P15 2 P1 5 4 P1 5 6 P1 5 1 P1 5 3 P1 5 5 gt Reference Hz P1 5 7 PH Acceleration Deceleration Ramp Figure 8 14 Skip Frequency Area Setting Range 0 1 10 0 Default 1 0 PH ACC OEC RAMP Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected skip frequency range limits The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the skip frequency range limits A 1 Tit Hz co om ic o P1 5 7 0 2 P1 5 2 s P1 5 4 P1 5 6 aN a 7 PISI AA 4 P1 5 7 1 0 P1 5 3 P1 5 5 gt Time t Figure 8 15 Ramp Speed Scaling Between Skip Frequencies For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E 8 34 E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Parameter Group G1 6 Motor Control P1 6 1 Motor Control Mode P1 6 2 Voltage Frequency Optimization Range 0 1 Default 0 Frequency control MOTOR CTRL MODE This parameter determines the mode the drive is using to control the motor The reference may be from the I O terminals keypad or the communication bus 0 Frequency control The HVX9000 is controlling the output frequency output frequency resolut
34. starts from the first auto restart If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of Undervoltage Restart Tries to External Fault Tries parameters the fault trip is maintained If the HVX9000 successfully restarts and no other fault occurs the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed The next fault starts the trial time count again P1 8 1 P1 8 1 P1 8 1 lt lt Fault Trigger Motor Stop Signal JE Motor Start Signal JO M NW 4 iia gt Supervision ii Trial Time Fault State Active ee eee SE RESET Fault Reset 3 O Wait time Wait time Wait time Restart 1 Restart 2 P1 8 2 Number of restart tries set for 2 Figure 8 23 Example of Automatic Restart with Two Restarts 8 46 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 8 3 Start Mode P1 8 4 Undervoltage Restart Tries P1 8 5 Overvoltage Restart Tries P1 8 6 Overcurrent Restart Tries P1 8 7 4 mA Reference Fault Tries P1 8 8 Motor Temperature Fault Tries P1 8 9 External Fault Tries Range 0 2 Default 0 Ramping START MODE The Start function for automatic restart is selected with this parameter 0 Ramp start 1 Flying start 2 Start according to Start Mode Range 0 10 Default 0 UNDERVOLT TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts ar
35. 0 1622 0 PID controller acts as ID 8 53 Only controller P1 11 16 PID Contr Time 0 00 320 00 0 01s 10 00 119 0 00 s PID controller acts as PD 8 53 controller P1 11 17 PID Contr Time Read 0 00 320 00 0 01s 10 00 1644 0 00 s PID controller acts as PD 8 53 Only controller P1 11 18 PID Contr D Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 00 132 0 00 s PID controller acts as PI 8 54 controller P1 11 19 PID Contr D Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 00 1688 0 00 s PID controller acts as PI 8 54 Read Only controller P1 11 20 PID Ref Rise Tim 0 0 100 0 0 1s 5 0 341 Time for reference to rise from 0 96 8 56 to 100 Yo P1 11 21 PID Ref Fall Tim 0 0 100 0 0 1s 5 0 342 Time for reference to fall from 100 8 56 to O Yo P1 11 22 Error Inversion 0 1 1 0 No 340 0 No inversion 8 56 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 11 23 Sleep Func Enabl 0 1 1 0 1560 0 Disabled 8 56 1 Enabled P1 11 24 Sleep Frequency Min Frequency 0 01 Hz 15 00 1016 Level below which a sleep stop will 8 56 Max Frequency occur P1 11 25 Sleep Delay 0 32 500 1s 30 1017 Delay before which a sleep stop will 8 56 occur P1 11 26 Wake Up Limit 0 00 100 00 0 01 25 00 1018 Actual value to cause run after sleep 8 57 stop P1 11 27 Wake Up Action 0 1 1 0 Below 1019 0 Wake up after falling below limit 8 57 Level 1 Wake up after exceeding limit P1 11 28 PID SumPoint Ref 0 7 1 0 No 376 0 No additional reference direct 8 58 additional output reference 1 PID output
36. 0 No action 8 39 Response 1 Warning 2 Fault P1 7 4 External Fault 0 3 1 2 Fault 701 0 No response 8 39 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 5 Input Phase Supv 0 3 1 0 No 730 0 Noresponse 8 39 Response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 6 UVolt Fault Resp 0 1 1 0 Fault 727 0 Fault Stored 8 39 Stored 1 No History P1 7 7 OutputPh Superv 0 3 1 2 Fault 702 0 No response 8 40 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 8 Ground Fault 0 3 1 2 Fault 703 0 No response 8 40 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 9 Motor Therm Prot 0 3 1 2 Fault 704 0 Noresponse 8 40 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 10 MotAmbTempFactor 100 0 100 00 0 1 0 0 705 0 Motor at same ambient as 8 40 HVX9000 heatsink lt gt 0 Motor at different ambient than HVX9000 heatsink P1 7 11 MTP f0 Current 0 0 150 0 0 1 40 0 706 Current allowed at zero frequency 8 41 based on a percentage of Motor Nominal Frequency P1 7 12 MTP Motor T 1 200 1m 24 min 707 Motor thermal time constant te time 8 42 P1 7 13 Motor Duty Cycle 0 100 1 100 708 Defines how much of the nominal 8 42 motor nameplate load is normally applied P1 7 14 Stall Protection 0 3 1 1 709 0 Noresponse 8 43 Warning 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasti
37. 1 HA HHA H HHH Protections Auto Restart Fire Mode PID 0 IntelliPass 11 PID Control G1 12 Preset Speeds G1 13 Fieldbus M2 Keypad Control R2 1 Keypad Speed Reference R2 2 PID Setpoint 1 R2 3 PID Setpoint 2 P2 4 Keypad Direction P2 5 Panel Damper Start Function FI M3 System Menu 3 1 POH a Selection S3 2 Application Selection P3 3 Cony Parameters 3 4 Parameters Comparison 3 5 Security S3 6 Keypad Settings S3 7 Hardware Settings S3 8 System Information S3 9 Power Monitor S3 11 Power Multimonitor FI M4 Expander Boards G4 1 Slot A Board Properties G4 2 Slot B Board Properties G4 3 Slot C Board Properties G4 4 Slot D Board Properties G4 5 Slot E Board Properties ACHAHHE TANI G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 FHF Figure 6 4 Main Menu Navigation 1 of 2 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer HO M5 Monitor v5 1 f V5 2 V5 5 V56 V57 V58 HO t V5 10 H G5 34 65 35 HM6 Operate 06 1 ing Menu Motor Speed Motor Nom Speed t V5 3 Frequency Reference V5 4 Output Frequency Motor Current
38. 1 Default Page P3 6 2 Default Page in the Operating Menu P3 6 3 Timeout Time P3 6 4 Contrast Adjustment P3 6 5 Backlight Time Default 0 DEFRULT PAGE This parameter sets the view to which the display automatically moves as the Timeout Time expires or when the keypad power is switched on If the Default Page value is 0 the function is not activated i e the last displayed page remains on the keypad display Default 1 DEFAULT PAGE ON Here you can set the location in the Operating menu to which the display automatically moves as the set Timeout Time expires or when the keypad power is switched on See setting of Default Page parameter above Range 0 65 535 Default 60 Units Seconds THIEGUT TIN The Timeout Time setting defines the time after which the keypad display returns to the Default Page Note If the Default Page value is 0 the Timeout Time setting has no effect Range 0 31 Default 18 CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT If the display is not clear you can adjust the keypad contrast with this parameter Range 1 65 535 or Forever Default 10 Units Minutes BACKLIGHT TIME This parameter determines how long the backlight stays on before going out You can select here any time between 1 and 65 535 minutes or Forever 6 14 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Hardware Settings S3 7 The Hardware S
39. 12 Variable Frequency Drive behind drive cover Contactor Overload 24V DC Motor Overload Terminal Block Motor Ground Stud Optional 3rd Contactor S1 Switch provided for drive isolation Figure 5 8 Identification of TYPE 3R Components Note You will need to consult the electrical schematic supplied with the drive and the appropriate wiring diagram Wire Cutter Wire Tie Clamp Wire Ties Torque Wrench Greenlee Conduit Cutter Multimeter Fluke recommended Metric Allen Wrenches Short Phillips Screwdriver Exacto Long Phillips Flat Blade Knife Screwdriver Screwdriver Figure 5 9 Tools Required TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 9 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 1 Verify that the main power source is removed upstream 2 Remove the keypad cable from the drive 3 Remove the screws from the drive cover and remove the cover A CAUTION The circuit breaker extension bar is sharp and can cause injury 4 Calibrate the circuit breaker amperage so it is four to six times the value on the motor nameplate by turning the red set screw located below the circuit breaker extension bar See the circuit breaker user s manual supplied with the drive Keypad Cable Circuit Circuit Breaker Breaker Extension Bar Set Screw 5
40. 18 32 5 05 12 45 21 0 230 1 3 465 128 316 10 0 480 1 7 1 2 208 5 10 23 68 5 40 15 34 35 0 230 5 10 601 137 390 16 0 480 10 20 208 15 20 30 25 7 5 15 02 67 0 230 15 20 768 191 382 30 0 480 25 40 208 25 30 38 27 9 1 15 02 108 230 25 30 972 231 382 49 480 50 75 5 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 ees ae TYPE 12 4 00 101 6 3 00 76 2 Minimum Free Air Minimum Air mk ie Space Required a Space A t Both Sides F HA H1 H2 a H E Y 0 44 11 2 y o ag Mounting wi 4 Places pes W gt gt D1 lt D gt gt Figure 5 2 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A Table 5 3 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Approx Ship Voltage hp Weight Weight AC ID H H1 H2 WwW W1 D D1 Lbs kg Lbs kg 208V 1 15 29 00 27 00 25 35 16 92 15 30 16 26 2 34 120 160 230V 1 15 736 6 685 8 643 9 429 8 388 6 413 0 59 4 54 73 480V 1 30 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 3
41. 5 RO5 Content P1 3 12 Relay Output 6 RO6 Content August 2006 Table 8 4 RO3 Content Settings continued Setting Signal Content 15 Torque limit supervision The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see Torque Supervision Function and Torque Supervision Value 16 Reference limit Active reference is beyond the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Reference Supervision Limit and Reference Supervision Value 17 External brake control External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay see External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay 18 Control from I O terminals External control mode 19 Drive temperature limit Frequency converter heatsink temperature supervision goes beyond the set supervision limits see Temperature Function Supervision and Temperature Supervision Value 20 Unrequested rotation Motor rotation direction is different from the direction requested one 21 External brake control External brake ON OFF control see External inverted Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay Output active when brake control is OFF 22 Thermistor fault or The thermistor input of option board warning indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on Thermistor Fault Response 23 Fault Reset This output is activated when faults are reset 24 Fire Mode Fire Mode is active 25 Auto Control In Auto Contro
42. 5 9 Underload Time Counter Function Figure 8 22 annae 8 45 Wiring Plate Figure 3 2 2a man maa hahah ancien Jan eel eee ee dele Ka ee ae 3 5 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com D 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer List of Tables August 2006 230V Output Power Ratings Table A 2 eee A 3 480V Output Power Ratings Table A 3 0 0 2 0 ce ees A 3 575V Output Power Ratings Table A 4 0 0 eee A 4 Application Information Table 6 8 0 ccc cc eee eee eens 6 18 Binary Inputs for Seven Preset Speeds Table 8 8 0 000 cece eee eee eee 8 59 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 Table 5 13 2000 0c eens 5 16 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 Table 5 9 5 10 Cable and Fuse Sizes 208 240V Ratings Table 3 2 0 00 0 aa 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 380 500V Ratings Table 3 3 ees 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 575 690V Ratings Table 3 4 ees 3 3 Cable Spacings Table 34 creces eww arete mhaba PLEA veal eE DnE DAG mana 3 1 Control Wiring Instructions Table 4 2 eee eens 4 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements Table 2 2 0 0 0 cc cece eee eee eee eens 2 2 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Open Chassis Table A 16 0 0 cc eee eee eae A 17 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR11 Open Chassis Table A 18 000
43. 5Hz Error 10 Sk T agi Error 10 _______ R cpart 5Hz i t Figure 8 27 PID Controller D Time Example 2 Example 3 Given values PID Control Gain P 0 PID Max Limit 100 0 PID Control Integral Time I time 0 00 s PID Min Limit 0 0 PID Control Derivative Time D time 1 00 s Min Frequency 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max Frequency 60 Hz As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s HzA PID Output A CO RRS Error Value F D part 10 5 00Hz ee td TR N A A N D part 10 5 00Hz vf N N A GN MG SOS IRAS Ea 4 PAS A oN yo as A F N N A pA P part 100 PID error 5 00Hz s N 4 N l N 10 N page Nag CJ 1 00 s t Figure 8 28 PID Controller D Time Example 3 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 55 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 11 20 PID Reference Rise Time P1 11 21 PID Reference Fall Time P1 11 22 PID Error Value Inversion P1 11 23 Sleep Function Enabled P1 11 24 Sleep Frequency P1 11 25 Sleep Delay August 2006 Range 0 0 100 0 Default 5 0 Units Seconds PIG REF RISE Tif Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0 to 100 Range 0 0 100 0 Default 5 0 Units Seconds ID REF FALL TIN Defines the time during which the PID controller reference fa
44. 6 6 V Hz Mid Freq 0 00 Field 0 01 Hz 60 00 604 Midpoint frequency of the curve 8 37 Weakening Point P1 6 7 V Hz Mid Voltg 0 00 100 00 0 01 100 00 605 Maximum value is Voltage at Field 8 37 Weakening Point P1 6 8 Zero Freq Voltg 0 00 40 00 0 01 1 50 606 Voltage at zero frequency 8 38 P1 6 9 Switching Freq 1 0 16 0 0 1kHz Basedon 601 HVX9000 model dependent 8 38 drive Amp size P1 6 10 Overvolt Contr 0 1 1 1 Enabled 607 0 Overvoltage control disabled 8 38 1 Overvoltage control enabled P1 6 11 Undervolt Contr 0 1 1 1 Enabled 608 0 Undervoltage controller disabled 8 38 1 Undervoltage controller enabled Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 9 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 7 Parameter Group G1 7 Protections Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 7 1 4mA Fault Resp 0 5 1 0 No 700 0 No response 8 39 Response 1 Warning 2 Warning 10s earlier set frequency used as reference 3 Warning preset frequency 4 mA Fault Frequency used as reference 4 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4mA Fault Freq 0 00 Maximum 0 01 Hz 0 00 728 Used for 4 mA fault when 4 mA 8 39 Frequency Reference Fault Response 3 P1 7 3 Al1 VDC Fault 0 2 1 0 1784
45. 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com D 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 D 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E Company Information Eaton s electrical business is a global leader in electrical control power distribution and industrial automation products and services Through advanced product development world class manufacturing methods and global engineering services and support Eaton s electrical business provides customer driven solutions under brand names such as Cutler Hammer Powerware Durant Heinemann Holec and MEM which globally serve the changing needs of the industrial utility light commercial residential and OEM markets For more information visit www EatonElectrical com Eaton Corporation is a diversified industrial manufacturer with 2005 sales of 11 1 billion Eaton is a global leader in fluid power systems and services for industrial mobile and aircraft equipment electrical systems and components for power quality distribution and control automotive engine air management systems powertrain solutions and specialty controls for performance fuel economy and safety and intelligent truck drivetrain systems for safety and fuel economy Eaton has 60 000 employees and
46. 9 Switching Frequency P1 6 10 Overvoltage Controller P1 6 11 Undervoltage Controller August 2006 Range 0 00 40 00 Default 1 50 Units Percent ZERO FREQ VOLTG If the programmable V f curve has been selected with the Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve See Figure 8 17 Range 1 0 16 0 Default Based on drive Amp size Units kiloHertz SWITCHING FREQ Motor noise can be minimized using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the HVX9000 Range 0 1 Default 1 Enabled OVERVOLT CONTR 0 Overvoltage control disabled 1 Overvoltage control enabled With the overvoltage control switched on if the utility supply voltage rises the output frequency will increase to maintain a constant motor V f relation This may be useful for example if the utility supply voltage varies more than 10 and the motor cannot tolerate this overvoltage In some applications the motor is required to operate at the desired set speed regardless of supply line voltage variations In this situation the overvoltage control is switched off the frequency will not increase as the utility supply voltage increases This could lead to overexciting the motor resulting ina large increase in motor current during overvoltage conditions Note Overvoltage trips may occur when the control is switched out of operation Range 0 1 Default 1 Ena
47. C 455 Temperature value supervised by 8 26 Temperature Function Supervision P1 3 27 A2out Signal AnOUT 0 1 1 AnOUT 0 1 471 Connect the AO2 signal to the analog 8 26 AnOUT E 10 output of choice Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 3 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 3 28 A2out Function 0 13 1 4 Output 472 0 Not used 8 26 Current 1 Output frequency 0 fmax 2 Frequency reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 nominal speed 4 Output current 0 I Motor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 PrMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC link voltage 0 1000V 9 PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output P1 3 29 A2out Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering 8 26 P1 3 30 A2out InVert 0 1 1 0 No 474 0 No inversion 8 26 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 3 31 A2out Minimum 0 1 1 1 4 mA 475 0 OmA 8 26 1 4mA P1 3 32 A2out Scale 0 1000 1 100 476 8 27 P1 3 33 A3out Signal AnOUT 0 1 1 AnOUT 0 1 478 Connect the AO3 signal to the analog 8 27 AnOUT E 10 output of choice
48. Connect the A14 signal to the analog 8 13 AnIN E 10 input of your choice P1 2 29 Al4 Signal Range 0 1 1 1 4 20 154 0 0 20mA 8 13 mA 20 1 4 20mA 100 P1 2 30 Al4 Signal Inv 0 1 1 0 No 162 0 Noinversion 8 13 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 2 31 Al4 Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 10 153 0 No filtering 8 13 P1 2 32 INTLK Text DIN2 0 9 1 0 1610 0 Ext Interlock 8 14 INTLK Text DIN6 1614 1 Run Enable 2 Vibration Cutout 3 High Motor Temperature 4 Freeze Stat Trip 5 Low Pressure 6 High Pressure 7 LowWater 8 Smoke Detect 9 3 Wire Off 10 Damper Interlock 11 Open Safety 12 Seal Leakage 13 Valve Sequence 14 Megger Shutdown Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 4 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 3 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 3 1 Analog Out Function 0 13 1 1 Output Frequency 307 Not used Output frequency 0 fmax Frequency reference 0 fmax Output current 0 InMotor Motor torque O TnhMotor Motor power 0 PnMotor Motor voltage 0 VnMotor DC link voltage 0 1000V PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output DONA UIBPWN O Motor speed 0 nomin
49. DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Coasting Figure 8 11 DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Ramp Figure 8 12 000 cece eee ees Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status Figure 6 10 ees Digital Inputs DIN4 DIN5 DING Status Figure 6 11 2 0 0 cc ees Digital Outputs DO1 RO1 RO2 Status Figure 6 12 0 00 ees Enable Bypass Figure 6 3 0 ccc ee eee teddi herak Ee nine nai Example of Automatic Restart with Two Restarts Figure 8 23 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling Figure 8 25 aaa Expander Board Menu Structure Figure 6 9 0 0 0 0 cece ee eens External Brake Control Figure 8 9 0 cece eee tenes FR4 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 8 0c eee eee FR5 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 9 0c cece ees FR6 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 10 0c eee eee FR7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 11 eee ee eee FR8 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 12 000 000 eee eee FR9 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals Figure 3 13 00 000 eee eee Frequency Converter Sleep Function Figure 8 29 eee eens Frequency Reference Logic of the Fire Mode PID Application When Running in Fire Mode Figure 8 24 0000 cee ee Ground Terminal Locations Figure 3 3 cent neens HVX Inte
50. External Brake On Delay Output active when brake control is OFF The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on Thermistor Fault Response Output can be forced on via Fleldbus In Auto Control mode Fire Mode is active In Hand Control mode Signal 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Reference limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control from I O terminals 19 Drive temperature limit supervision 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 External brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault or warning 23 Pass Through Communications 24 Fire Mode 25 Auto Control 26 Hand Control P1 3 7 Range 1 28 Relay Output1 RoI FUNTION RO1 Function for setting information Table 8 3 RO1 Function Settings Default 2 Run Relay output RO1 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 3 Signal Content The HVX9000 is ready to operate The HVX9000 is operating motor is running A fault trip has occurred A fault trip has not occurred Fault or warning depending on External The heat sink temperature exceeds 70C Fault Setting 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 Drive overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on 4 mA Reference Fault Response if analogue r
51. HOA ON OFF Fire Mode contact closed Fire Mode selected See Page 8 48 Fire Mode Preset Reference Select 1 2 Contact opened Fire Mode Reference 1 selected Contact closed Fire Mode Reference 2 selected TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 7 DIN5 Function August 2006 Range 0 15 Default 13 PM Setback DINS FUNCTION This parameter determines the function of digital input DIN5 If DIN5 is not being used set this parameter to 0 0 Enable Bypass 1 External fault contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 2 External fault contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped 3 Run enable External interlock Contact open HVX9000 start disabled Contact closed HVX9000 start enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Hand Auto Select contact closed Auto control selected Motor potentiometer up contact closed Motor potentiometer up selected PID Control contact closed PID control selected Reverse contact closed Reverses motor direction DC Brake Command contact closed DC Brake is enabled Fault reset contact closed All faults reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 12 HOA On Off contact closed
52. HOA Off 13 PM Setback contact closed PM Setback enabled 14 Fire Mode contact closed Fire Mode selected See Page 8 48 15 Fire Mode Preset Reference Select 1 2 Contact opened Fire Mode Reference 1 selected Contact closed Fire Mode Reference 2 selected O ON OU so 8 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 2 8 DING Function P1 2 9 Al1 Signal Range P1 2 10 Al1 Custom Minimum P1 2 11 Al1 Custom Maximum Range 0 15 Default 11 Speed Select 3 DING FUNCTION This parameter determines the function of digital input DING If DING is not being used set this parameter to 0 On Intellipass DIN6 is automatically set to Bypass Overload Fault selection 13 However if DIN2 is already programmed for Bypass Overload Fault selection 2 this will not occur 0 Not Used 1 External fault contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 2 External fault contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped 3 Run enable External interlock Contact open Drive start disabled Contact closed Drive start enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected 5 Hand Auto Select contact closed Auto control selected 6 Motor potentiometer up contact closed Motor potentiometer up selected 7 Motor po
53. Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Power and Motor Wiring Schematic Incoming Power L1 l2 L3 Bypass a a o Breaker Not on TYPE 1 Optional Fuse or Drive Input Contactor 11 2 L3 Co To Drive Input To Drive Output PN U T1 V T2 W T3 Auxiliary Contacts CLA Output Bypass Contactor Contactor Overload Relay Jk CAUTION The HVX9000 output terminals U V and W correspond to a phase N M T2 rotation of ABC If the input terminals L1 L2 and L3 have not been U T1 N WIT3 wired for ABC the motor rotation will be different when powered from the bypass instead of the HVX9000 which can result in personal injury and equipment damage In this situation the input line wiring must be changed to correspond to ABC rotation Figure 5 12 Intelli Pass Power and Motor Terminal Wiring Example 5 21 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 F Bypass Contactor Starter
54. P1 11 6 Maximum PID Setpoint Range 0 4 Default O Al1 PIG REFERENCE Defines which frequency reference source is selected for the PID controller 0 Analog voltage reference from terminals 2 3 e g potentiometer or voltage source 1 Analog current reference from terminals 4 5 e g transducer 2 PID reference from the Keypad 3 Reference from the communication bus FB Process Data IN 1 ID 2004 4 Motor potentiometer Range 0 9 Default 0 Percent ENGINEERING UNIT Defines which engineering unit is to be used with the PID controller This will automatically change all PID engineering units when changing this selection 0 Percent 1 Temperature Fahrenheit 2 Temperature Centigrade 3 PSIG 4 BAR 5 Feet 6 Inches of Water Column 7 Gallons per minute 8 Feet per minute 9 CFM Cubic Feet per Minute 10 PPM Parts per million Range Varies dependent on P1 11 2 Default 0 00 SENSOR FN This parameter sets the minimum value for the sensor in engineering units Range Varies dependent on P1 11 2 Default 100 0 SENSOR MAX This parameter sets the maximum value for the sensor in engineering units Range Varies dependent on P1 11 2 Default 0 00 PIG SETPOINT MN This parameter sets the minimum value for the PID Setpoint in engineering units Range Varies dependent on P1 11 2 Default 100 0 PIG SETPOINT MAX This parameter sets the maximum value for the PID setpoint in engineering units TD04008003E
55. P1 3 34 A3out Function 0 13 1 0 Not 479 0 Notused 8 27 used 1 Output frequency 0 fmax 2 Frequency reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 nominal speed 4 Output current 0 InMotor 5 Motor torque 0 TnMotor 6 Motor power 0 Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 VnMotor 8 DC link voltage 0 1000V 9 PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output P1 3 35 A3out Filter Time 0 00 10 00 1 00 480 0 00 No filtering 8 27 P1 3 36 A3out InVert 0 1 0 No 481 0 No inversion 8 28 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 3 37 A3out Minimum 0 1 0 O mA 482 0 OmA 8 28 1 4mA P1 3 38 A3out Scale 0 1000 100 483 8 28 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer For more information visit www EatonElectrical com August 2006 Table B 4 Parameter Group G1 4 Drive Control Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 4 1 Ramp 1 Shape 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 500 0 Linear 8 28 s0 S curve accel decel P1 4 2 Ramp 2 Shape 0 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 501 0 Linear 8 29 gt 0 S curve accel decel P1 4 3 Accel Time 2 0 1 3000 0 0 1s 10 0 502 Time from fmin Minimum 8 29 Frequency to fmax Maximum Frequency P1 4 4 Decel Time 2 0 1 3000 0 01s 10 0 503 Time from fmax Maximum 8 29 Fr
56. P1 7 6 Range 0 1 Default 0 Fault Stored Undervoltage Fault UVOLT FAULT RESP Response o Fault Stored 1 No History Note This protection can not be inactivated TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 39 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 P1 7 7 Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault Output Phase DUTPUTPH SUPERV Supervision Output phase supervision monitors that the motor phases have approximately equal currents If not the response programmed by this parameter occurs 0 Noresponse 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting P1 7 8 Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault Earth Ground GROUND FAULT Fault Ground fault protection monitors the sum of the motor phase currents which is zero if there is no ground fault In addition the overcurrent protection function is always operational to protect the HVX9000 from ground faults with high current levels 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Motor Thermal Protection General Information The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The HVX9000 is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded In addition at low frequencies the cooling effect of
57. Percent Temperature Fahrenheit Temperature Centigrade PSIG BAR Feet Inches of Water Column Gallons per minute Feet per minute CFM Cubic Feet per Minute 10 PPM Parts per Milllion OONDUBRWNH O 8 51 P1 11 3 Sensor Min Varies dependent on P1 11 2 0 00 1538 This parameter sets the minimum value for the sensor in eng units 8 51 P1 11 4 Sensor Max Varies dependent on P1 11 2 100 0 1539 This parameter sets the maximum value for the sensor in eng units 8 51 P1 11 5 P1 11 6 PID Setpoint Min PID Setpoint Max Varies dependent on P1 11 2 Varies dependent on P1 11 2 0 00 100 0 359 360 This parameter sets the minimum value for the PID Setpoint in eng units This parameter sets the maximum value for the PID setpoint in eng units 8 51 8 51 P1 11 7 P1 11 8 Act Value Select Actual 1 Input 0 7 0 Actual Value 1 2 Al2 333 334 Actual value 1 Actual value 1 actual value 2 Actual value 1 actual value 2 Actual value 1 x actual value 2 Greater of actual value 1 and actual value 2 Smaller of actual value 1 and actual value 2 actual value 2 Square root of actual value 1 square root of actual value 2 Not used N D ci BUNSO Analog current Al3 Analog current Al4 Communication bus Motor torque Motor speed Motor current Motor power OODNDUBWN O Mean value of actual value 1 and
58. Temperature 3 First Start after power up the fan is stopped until the run command is given and then fan runs continuously This is mainly made for common DC bus systems to prevent cooling fans to load charging resistors on power up moment 4 Calc Temp starting of cooling fan is based on calculated IGBT temperature When IGBT temp 40 C fan starts and when temp falls down to 30 C fan stops Note The fan runs continuously regardless of this setting when the HVX9000 is in RUN state TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 15 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P3 7 3 HMI Acknowledge Timeout P3 7 4 Number of Retries to Receive HMI Acknowledgement August 2006 Range 200 5 000 Default 200 ms Units mseconds Af ACK TIMEOUT This function allows the user to change the timeout of the HMI acknowledgement time Note If the HVX9000 has been connected to a PC with a serial cable the default values of HMI Acknowledge Timeout and Number of Retries to Receive HMI Acknowledgement must not be changed If the HVX9000 has been connected to a PC via a modem and there is delay in transferring messages the value of HMI Acknowledge Timeout must be set according to the delay as follows Example Transfer delay between the frequency converter and the PC 600 ms e The value of HMI Acknowledge Timeout is set to 1200 ms 2 x 600 sending delay receiving delay e
59. The corresponding setting shall be entered in the Misc part of the file NCDrive ini Retries 5 AckTimeOut 1200 TimeOut 6000 It must also be considered that intervals shorter than the HMI Acknowledge Timeout time cannot be used in HVX9000 drive monitoring Range 1 10 Default 5 Hf RETRY With this parameter you can set the number of times the drive will try receive acknowledgement when it has not been received within the acknowledgement time HMI Acknowledge Timeout or if the received acknowledgement is faulty 6 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 System Information S3 8 This section contains hardware and software information as well as operation information S3 8 1 Total Counters TOTAL COUNTERS In the Total Counters page Total Counters you can find information related to the HVX9000 operating times i e the total numbers of MWh operation days and operation hours passed so far See Table 6 5 Unlike the counters in the Trip Counters these counters cannot be reset Note The Power On time counter days and hours runs always when the power is on Table 6 5 Total Counters Name Description MWh counter Megawatt hours total operation time counter Power On day counter Number of days the HVX9000 has been supplied with power Power On hour counter Number
60. a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 1 Output frequency Hz Range 0 10000 FEDATAGUTISEL Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 25 Frequency reference Hz Range 0 10000 FBDATADUTYSEL Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 2 Motor speed rpm Range 0 10000 FBOATADUT55EL Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 1780 Motor current Range 0 10000 FBDATADUTSSEL Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 Default 5 Motor power 8 60 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 13 7 Range 0 10000 Default 1701 Motor run time Fieldbus Data minutes Out 7 Select FEDATADUTISEL Allows a parameter or monitored va
61. be stopped when the parameters are downloaded to it 3 3 1 Parameter Sets PARAMETER SETS This parameter allows you to reload the factory default parameter values and to store and load two customized parameter sets Load Factory Default parameters Store parameter set 1 Load parameter set 1 Store parameter set 2 Load parameter set 2 OAOBWN 3 3 2 Load Up to Keypad 4P 79 KEYPAD This function uploads all existing parameter groups to the keypad 3 3 3 Range 0 3 Default 0 All parameters Download from aguiy FROM KEYPAD Keypad This function downloads one or all parameter groups from the keypad to the drive 0 All parameters 1 All no parameters 2 Application parameters 83 3 4 Range Yes No Default Yes Automatic Backup AUTO BACKUP This parameter activates and deactivates the parameter backup function When the Parameter backup function is activated the keypad makes a copy of the parameters and settings in the currently active application 6 12 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 System Menu Parameter Comparison Options S 3 4 S3 4 Parameter Comparison PARAMLONPARISON With the Parameter Comparison function you can compare the actual parameter values to the values of your customized parameter sets and those loaded to the control keypad The actual parameter values are first compared to those of t
62. block X2 Figure 4 3 Differential input if not connected to ground allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND 6 24 Vout 24V control voltage bi directional 15 250 mA all boards total 150 mA max current from single board Can be used as external power backup for the control and fieldbus Galvanically connected to terminal 12 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Galvanically connected to terminals 13 19 8 DIN1 Digital input 1 Start Ri min 5 kQ Programmable 9 DIN2 Digital input 2 Ext Fault Closed R min 5 kQ Programmable 10 DIN3 Digital input 3 Fault Reset Ri min 5 kQ Programmable 11 CMA Digital input common A for DIN1 Must be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal DIN2 and DIN3 or to external 24V or GND Selection with jumper block X3 Figure 4 3 12 24 Vout 24V control voltage bi directional Same as terminal 6 Galvanically connected to terminal 6 13 GND I O ground Same as terminal 7 Galvanically connected to terminals 7 amp 19 14 DIN4 Digital input4 Accel Decel Select Ri min 5 kQ Programmable 15 DIN5 Digital input5 PM Setback Ri min 5 kQ Programmable 16 DING Digital input 6 Speed Select3 R min 5 kQ Programmable 17 CMB Digital input common B for DIN4 Must be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal DIN5 and DIN6 or to external 24V or GND Select with jumper block X3 Figure 4 3 18 A01 Analog signal output Output signal range 0 10V def
63. board is added to slot D Default 0 Not Used Note P1 3 12 P1 3 14 will be invisible unless there is an OPTB5 option board installed in slot D on drive P1 3 15 Frequency Supervision Function 1 P1 3 16 Speed Supervision Value 1 P1 3 17 Frequency Supervision Function 2 Range 0 2 Default 0 No Supervision FREQ SUPP FUNCTION If this parameter is set for 1 or 2 and the output frequency goes under over Frequency Supervision Function 1 this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 or RO2 dependent upon their settings 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Range 0 0 200 0 Default 0 0 Units Percent 5PEEDSUPRVALUET Selects the frequency value supervised by Frequency Supervision Function 1 parameter Range 0 2 Default 0 No Supervision FREQ SUPP FUNCTION If this parameter is set for 1 or 2 and the output frequency goes under over Frequency Supervision Function 2 this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 or RO2 dependent upon their settings 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision TD04008003E 8 23 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 18 Speed Supervision Value 2 P1 3 16 Example 21 RO1 A 21 R01 j 21 R01 Ed 22 RO1 22 RO1 22 RO1
64. cece eee eae A 19 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR4 FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit Table A 6 A 9 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit Table A 10 A 12 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR9 Table A 13 0 0 ccc ees A 14 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR9 with Flange Kit Table A 14 0c aaa A 15 Dimensions for HVX9000 NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive Table A 17 A 18 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Freestanding Drive Table A 15 A 16 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 Table A 7 A 9 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR7 FR8 Table A 11 eee eee eee A 12 DO1 Function Settings Table 8 2 eee eee nnas 8 17 Fault Codes Table C 1 2 0 a C 1 Fault Time Data Table 6 13 2 27 pawa 3 d es4e4 46 DLOAD DAY eee Eee a ed DA Pewee Sale 6 24 Fault Types Table 6 12 certeses nee a ae eee ba kee ee ke eee Pek Reed Peale 6 23 Fieldbus Output Selection Examples Table 8 9 0 ccc cece eee 8 62 Hardware Information Table 6 9 1 0 0 0 0 ccc eee ee eee ees 6 18 HVX IntelliPass Drive Catalog Numbering System Table 5 1 5 1 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 5 1 0 0 0 ccc ees 5 5 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 3 0 0 000 a 5 3 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed Intell
65. expired To deactivate the password reset the parameter value to 0 Range ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Default ChangeEnable PARAMETER LOCK This function allows the user to prohibit changes to the parameters If the parameter lock is activated the text LOCKED will appear on the display if you try to edit a parameter value Note This function does not prevent unauthorized editing of parameter values Range Yes No Default No START UP WIZARD The Start Up Wizard facilitates commissioning the HVX9000 If selected active the Start Up Wizard prompts the operator for the language and application of his her choice and then returns to the starting menu or page This feature can also be selected by pressing the STOP button for 5 seconds Display will then show Start Up Wizard Activated Unit must then be powered down and SUW will be displayed on powerup TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 13 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer S3 5 4 Multi Monitoring Items August 2006 Range ChangeEnable Change Disabl Default ChangeEnable MULTIMON ITEM The keypad display where can display three actual monitored values at the same time This parameter determines if the operator is allowed to replace the values monitored with other values Keypad Settings S3 6 There are four parameters Default Page to Backlight Time associated with the keypad operation P3 6
66. from I O terminals In external control mode 19 Drive temperature limit Frequency converter heatsink temperature supervision goes beyond the set supervision limits see Temperature Function Supervision and Temperature Supervision Value 20 Unrequested rotation Motor rotation direction is different from the direction requested one 21 External brake control External brake ON OFF control see External inverted Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay Output active when brake control is OFF 22 Thermistor fault or The thermistor input of option board warning indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on Thermistor Fault Response 23 Pass Through Output can be forced on via Fleldbus Communications 24 Fire Mode Fire Mode is active 25 Auto Control In Auto Control mode 26 Hand Control In Hand Control mode 27 Start Delay Relay Starts delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive Running in Bypass or Drive TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 19 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 8 Relay Output 2 RO2 Function Range 1 28 ROS FUNCTION Relay output RO2 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 4 for setting information Table 8 4 RO2 Function Settings August 2006 Default 3 Fault Setting Signal Content 0 Not used 1 Ready The HVX9000 is ready
67. hp I D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia 1 Dia 2 Dia 3 Lbs kg FR11 480V 500 600 23 70 11 22 19 09 47 17 60 83 1 89 35 x 43 526 602 285 485 12 447 21 48 9x11 239 A 18 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Shown without terminal cover i H1 gt Figure A 18 HVX9000 Dimensions FR11 Open Chassis Table A 18 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR11 Open Chassis Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight Size Voltage hp I W1 w2 w3 H1 H2 D1 D2 Lbs kg FR11 480V 500 600 27 9 8 6 2 6 45 5 33 5 19 8 18 4 833 709 225 67 1155 850 503 468 378 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 19 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 EMC Capability For products used within the European Community EC the Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC directive states that the electrical equipment must not disturb the environment and must be immune to other Electro Magnetic Disturbances in the environment The design intent was to develop a family of drives w
68. is not used gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on Stop Mode The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Stop Mode 0 Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control from the drive With the DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled by the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is greater than the nominal frequency of the motor this set value determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 10 of this set value See Figure 8 11 Stop Mode 1 Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters as fast as possible to the speed defined with DC Brake Frequency In Ramp Stop where the DC braking starts The braking time is defined with this parameter If high inertia exists it is recommended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 8 12 Stop Mode 2 Normal Ramping Run Enable Coasting Follows the Coasting or Stopping action described above dependent upon the status of the Run Enable input Stop Mode 3 Normal Coasting Run Enable Ramping Follows the Coasting or Stopping action described above dependent upon the status of the Run Enable input Default 0 000 Output out Frequency Output
69. of hours the HVX9000 has been supplied with power Number C3 8 1 1 C3 8 1 2 C3 8 1 3 3 8 2 Trip Counters TRIP COUNTERS Trip counters are counters the values of which can be reset i e restored to zero You have the following resettable counters at your disposal Table 6 6 Trip Counters Number Name Description T3 8 2 1 MWh counter Megawatts hours since last reset T3 8 2 2 Clear MWh counter Resets megawatts hours counter and clears Energy Meter in the Monitoring Menu V5 9 T3 8 2 3 Power On day counter Number of days since the last reset T3 8 2 4 Power On hour counter Number of hours the HVX9000 has been running a motor since the last reset T3 8 2 5 Clear Operation time counter Resets the day and hour motor or drive running counter and resets the Motor Run Time in the Monitoring Menu V5 12 Note The trip counters operate only when the motor is running above 0 00 Hz The counters can be reset with Clear MWh counter and Clear Operation time counter TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 17 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer S3 8 3 Software Information S3 8 4 Application Information S3 8 5 Hardware Information S3 8 6 Expander Board Information August 2006 SOFTWARE The Software information page includes information on the fo
70. relay board only Same 8 23 Used as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 15 Freq Supv Function1 0 2 1 0 No 315 0 No supervision 8 23 Supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 16 SpeedSuprValue1 0 0 200 0 0 1 0 0 1591 Speed value supervised by 8 23 Frequency Supervision Function 1 P1 3 17 Freq Supv Function2 0 2 1 0 No 346 0 No supervision 8 23 Supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 18 SpeedSuprVal 2 0 0 200 0 0 1 0 0 1592 Speed value supervised by 8 24 Frequency Supervision Function 2 P1 3 19 Torque Supv Func 0 2 1 0 No 348 0 No supervision 8 24 Supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 20 Torque Supv Val 0 0 300 0 0 1 100 0 349 Torque value supervised by Torque 8 24 Supervision Function P1 3 21 Ref SuperV Lim 0 2 1 0 No 350 0 No supervision 8 24 Supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 22 Ref SuperV Val 0 0 100 0 0 1 0 0 351 Torque value supervised by 8 25 Reference Supervision Limit P1 3 23 Ext Brake OffDel 0 0 100 0 0 1s 0 5 352 Off delay after Start Stop toggle 8 25 P1 3 24 Ext Brake OnDel 0 0 100 0 0 1s 0 5 353 On delay after Start Stop toggle 8 25 P1 3 25 Temp Func Supv 0 2 1 0 No 354 0 No supervision 8 25 Supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 26 Temp Supv Value 10 75C 1G 40
71. speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 35 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 6 3 Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection August 2006 Range 0 3 Default 0 Linear U HZ RATIO SELECT 0 Linear The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor Linear V f ratio should be used in constant torque applications See Figure 8 16 This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve waveform with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor The motor runs under magnetized below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electromechanical noise Squared V f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps Programmable V f curve The V f curve can be programmed with three different points Programmable V f curve can be used if
72. the integral motor fan is reduced as well as is the motor s torque capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output frequency and current of the HVX9000 to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters Motor Ambient Temperature Factor Motor Thermal Protection Zero Speed and MTP Time Constant 4x CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill or if the external cooling device is off or fails P1 7 9 Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault Motor Thermal MOTOR THERM PROT Protection 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Deactivating the protection by setting this parameter to O will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 0 P1 7 10 Range 100 0 100 00 Default 0 0 Motor Ambient Units Percent Temperature Factor g7AMBTEMPFALTO When the motor ambient temperature must be taken into consideration it is recommended to set a value for this parameter The value of the factor can be set between 100 0 and 100 0 where 100 0 corresponds to C and 100 0 to the maximum running temperature of the motor Setting this parameter value to 0 assumes that the motor s ambient temperature is the same as the tempe
73. the maximum output occurs at the minimum value of the parameter selected in Analog Output 3 A3out Content and the minimum output occurs at the maximum value of the parameter selected in Analog Output 3 A3out Content See Figure 8 6 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Range 0 1 Default 0 0 mA AJguT Miniu Sets the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA 0 OmA minimum 1 4mA minimum Range 0 1000 Default 100 Units Percent AJouT SCALE See Figures 8 6 and 8 7 and Table 8 7 for scaling information and examples Table 8 7 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Maximum Value of the Signal 100 x fmax 100 x Motor nominal speed 100 x Inmotor 100 X TnMotor 100 x PnMotor 100 X Vnmotor 1000 V 100 x ref value max Signal Output Frequency Motor speed Output current Motor torque Motor power Motor voltage DC link voltage Pl ref value PI act value 1 100 x actual value max PI act value 2 100 x actual value max PI error value 100 x error value max PI output 100 x output max See Analog Output Aout Scale Parameter Group G1 4 Drive Control P1 4 1 Ramp 1 Shape Range 0 0 10 0 Default 0 0 Units Seconds RAMP 1 SHAPE The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with this parameter Setting the value to 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the
74. unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place 10096 corresponds to Maximum Frequency Range 0 00 100 00 Default 0 00 Units Percent ID SETPOINT 7 This parameter sets the value of the PID setpoint 1 reference if the keypad is the active control place Range 0 00 100 00 Default 0 00 Units Percent ID SETPOINT 2 This parameter sets the value of the PID setpoint 2 reference if PID Ref2 Sel is enabled in the Digital Inputs Range Forward Reverse Default Forward KEYPAD DIRECTIOI The keypad direction displays and allows the operator to change the rotation direction of the motor This setting will not however influence the rotation direction of the motor unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place Range 1 3 Default 1 Interlock Start PANEL DAMPER FUNCTION P1 1 12 Start Source Hand must be set to selection 3 Panel Damper Similar to the DIN1 Function only using the keypad or panel start versus the I O terminal BAS start for P1 2 1 DIN1 Function 1 Interlocked Start To use this a relay output RO1 RO8 needs to be programmed for selections 27 StrtDelayRly and a digital input DIN2 to DIN6 must be programmed for selection 3 RunEn INTLK The relay output is used to energize an element of the driven system such as a damper seal water solenoid or a pre lube pump Upon a return acknowledgement contact closure to the programmed digital input the HVX9000 will start
75. will restart automatically as long as the BAS Start DIN1 is maintained closed Default 0 Default 0 Default 0 Default 0 oOmOmNODoBRWNH O 8 14 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals P1 3 1 Analog Output Aout Content P1 3 2 Analog Output Aout Filter Time Range 0 13 Default 1 Output Frequency ANALOG CUT FUNCTION This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output signal Not used Output frequency 0 fmax Frequency reference 0 fmax Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed Output current 0 InMotor Motor torque 0 TnMotor Motor power 0 P Motor Motor voltage O Vamotor DC link voltage 0 1000V PID controller reference value 10 PID controller actual value 1 11 PID controller actual value 2 12 PID controller error value 13 PID controller output Range 0 00 10 00 Default 1 00 Units Seconds four FILTER TIME When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 it activates the function that filters out disturbances from the analog output signal A long filtering time makes the output signal change slower If you set a value of 0 no filtering takes place See Figure 8 5 O ON O 0A WON r O Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 tIs Figure 8 5 Analog Outpu
76. www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 575 690V Ratings Frame Wire Size Terminal Size hp Size NEC I A I A Fuse A Power Ground Power Ground 3 FR6 3 9 4 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 5 FR6 6 1 7 5 10 14 14 14 0 14 2 7 1 2 FR6 9 10 15 12 14 14 0 14 2 10 FR6 11 13 5 20 12 12 14 0 14 2 15 FR6 17 18 30 10 10 14 0 14 2 20 FR6 22 22 35 8 8 14 0 14 2 25 FR6 27 27 40 8 8 14 0 14 2 30 FR6 32 34 45 6 8 14 0 14 2 40 FR7 41 41 50 6 8 14 0 10 0 50 FR7 52 52 70 4 6 14 0 10 0 60 FR8 62 62 80 2 6 4 000 4 000 75 FR8 77 80 125 1 0 6 4 000 4 000 100 FR8 99 100 150 2 0 6 4 000 4 000 125 FR9 125 125 175 3 0 6 4 000 4 000 150 FR9 144 144 250 300 1 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 200 FR9 192 208 275 350 2 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 UL recognized type RK5 Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current Product Voltage Maximum RMS Symmetrical Amperes on Supply Circuit 1 30 hp 230 100 000A 1 1 2 250 hp 480 100 000A Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque Tightening Torque Tightening Torque Rating Frame Size in Ibs Nm 230V 1 3 hp FR4 5 0 6 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 230V 5 10 hp FR5 13 1 5 480V 10 20 hp 230V 15 20 hp FR6 35 4 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 230V 25 40 hp FR7 88 10 480V 50 75 hp 575V
77. 0 cece tenes 8 37 Figure 8 18 Motor Cooling Power eee tenet eens 8 41 Figure 8 19 Motor Temperature Calculation naana cence eens 8 42 Figure 8 20 Stall Characteristics Settings eee ees 8 43 Figure 8 21 Minimum Load Setting cece eee tet n eee 8 44 Figure 8 22 Underload Time Counter Function cece eee eens 8 45 Figure 8 23 Example of Automatic Restart with Two Restarts 8 46 Figure 8 24 Frequency Reference Logic of the Fire Mode PID Application When Running in Fire Mode 0 cece eee eee 8 49 Figure 8 25 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling 0 cece nee 8 52 Figure 8 26 PID Controller D Time Example 1 e eee eee eens 8 54 Figure 8 27 PID Controller D Time Example 2 0 00 cece een ene eens 8 55 Figure 8 28 PID Controller D Time Example 3 4 8 55 Figure 8 29 Frequency Converter Sleep Function een eee eens 8 57 Figure 8 30 PID Output Motor Potentiometer Reference 8 58 Figure A 1 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 1 3 hp 230V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 480V 0 eee eee A 5 Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 10 hp 230V 10 20 Np 480V mapaamin vena esa Noina Redan hl ak AN et A 5 Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 15 20 hp 230V 25 40 hp 480V ccccaccacie bea Nuilaw ann NAWALAN NAILAW eles A 6 Fi
78. 0 4A TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 23 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 OIN RO3 O 8 aa OIA RO4 O 8 Os ROS O le Hi Figure 5 15 Option Board B5 Terminal Location 5 24 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 HEP Chapter 6 Menu Information Keypad Operation Wao aay HEHE mea Vow run read fault ByPass Mode when flashing CG lt enter J 2y Figure 6 1 Keypad and Display TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 6 1 LCD Status Indicators Indicator Description Run Indicates that the HVX9000 is running and controlling the load in Drive or Bypass Counterclockwise Operation The output phase rotation is BAC corresponding to counterclockwise rotation of most motors Clockwise Operation The output phase rotation is ABC corresponding to clockwise rotation of most motors Stop Indicates that the HVX9000 is
79. 0 8 8 16 8 16 8 15 FR6 42 48 60 4 8 14 0 10 2 20 FR6 54 61 80 2 6 14 0 10 2 25 FR7 68 72 100 2 6 14 0 10 00 30 FR7 80 87 110 1 6 14 0 10 00 40 FR7 104 114 125 1 0 4 14 0 10 00 50 FR8 130 140 175 3 0 2 4 3 00 4 000 60 FR8 154 170 200 4 0 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 75 FR8 192 205 250 300 2 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 UL recognized type RK Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 380 500V Ratings Frame NECI h Wire Size Terminal Size hp Size A A Fuse A Power Ground Power Ground 1 1 2 FR4 3 3 3 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 2 FR4 3 4 4 3 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 3 FR4 4 8 5 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 5 FR4 7 6 7 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 7 1 2 FR4 11 12 15 12 14 16 12 16 14 10 FR5 14 16 20 10 12 16 8 16 8 15 FR5 21 23 30 10 10 16 8 16 8 20 FR5 27 31 35 8 8 16 8 16 8 25 FR6 34 38 50 6 8 14 0 10 2 30 FR6 40 46 60 4 8 14 0 10 2 40 FR6 52 61 80 2 6 14 0 10 2 50 FR7 65 72 100 2 6 14 0 10 00 60 FR7 77 87 110 1 6 14 0 10 00 75 FR7 96 105 125 1 0 4 14 0 10 00 100 FR8 124 140 175 3 0 2 4 3 0 4 000 125 FR8 156 170 200 4 0 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 150 FR8 180 205 250 300 2 0 000 350 MCM 4 000 200 FR9 240 261 350 2 X 4 0 3 0 2000 350 MCM 4 000 250 FR9 302 300 400 2X250 300 2 000 350 MCM 4 000 300 FR10 361 385 450 2X 250 300 600 MCM 300 MCM 350 FR10 414 460 500 2X300 300 600 MCM 300 MCM 400 FR10 477 520 600 2X400 350 600 MCM 300 MCM UL recognized type RK5 3 2 For more information visit
80. 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 2 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 10 hp 230V 10 20 hp 480V TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 1400 00 1200 00 1000 00 a 800 00 _____________ aes ea P WI en an se 600 004 maa ee 400 00 200 00 025FR6 400V 030FR6 500V 025FR6 500V 040FR6 400V 030FR6 400V 040FR6 500V 0 00 r 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 3 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 15 20 hp 230V 25 40 hp 480V 2500 00 2000 00 1500 00 P W 1000 00 500 00 050FR7 400V 060FR7 500V 050FR7 500V 075FR7 400V 060FR7 400V 075FR7 500V 0 00 r 7 i 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 50 75 hp 480V TD04008003E A 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 4000 00 3500 00 3000 00 2500 00 P W 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 so i me 0100FR8 400V 0125FR8 500V 0100FR8 500V 0150FR8 400V
81. 0125FR8 400V 0150FR8 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 100 150 hp 480V 4000 00 3500 00 3000 00 2500 00 P W 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 s d 0200FR9 400V 0250FR9 500V 0200FR9 500V 0250FR9 400V 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 60 6 00 10 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 200 250 hp 480V TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Dimensions August 2006 D1 Figure A 7 NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR4 FR5 and FR6 Table A 5 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions ele Inches Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm oo mm Size Voltage hp IL H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 W3 R71 dia R2 dia kg N1 O D FR4 230V 1 3 12 9 12 3 11 5 7 5 3 0 5 0 5 0 3 9 5 3 11 0 3 1 1 480V 1 1 2 327 313 292 190 77 126 128 100 13 7 5 28 7 1 2 FR5 230V 5 10 16 5 16 0 15 3 8 4 3 9 5 8 5 6 3 9 5 3 17 9 2 1 5 480V 10 20 419 406 389 214 100 148 143 100 13 7 8 ari 28 FR6 230V 15 20 22 0 21 3 20 4 9 3 4
82. 1 200 Default 24 min MTP Time Constant Units Minutes ATP MOTOR T This is the thermal time constant of the motor The larger the motor the longer the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers If the motor s tg time tg is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set basing on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes equals to 2xtg If the HVX9000 is stopped the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling at stop is based on convection with an increased time constant See Figure 8 19 Note If the Motor Nominal Speed or the Motor Nominal Current are changed this parameter is automatically set to the default value A Motor Temperature Te 4 mipArea cr l 105 j i ee eee Motor H Current A e I Fault Warning Vy P1 7 8 DL Time constant T Motor temperature 3 X 1 et T gt Changes by Motor Size and Time Adjusted with Par 1 7 12 Figure 8 19 Motor Temperature Calculation P1 7 13 Range 0 100 Default 100 Motor Duty Cycle Units Percent MOTOR DUTY CYL Defines how much of the nominal motor nameplate load is normally applied Stall Protection General Inf
83. 1 1 10 Motor Nom Speed 300 20 000 1760 112 Motor nominal nameplate base speed 8 2 P1 1 11 MotorPowerFactor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Motor nominal nameplate full load power factor 8 2 P1 1 12 Current Limit 0 1xIL 2 5x INHVX Units Amperes INHVX 107 Output current limit level of the HVX9000 8 2 P1 1 14 HOA Control Src 0 2 1530 Hand Off Auto control source 0 Control from keypad 1 Control from I O terminals 2 Control from communication bus 8 2 P1 1 15 Start Src Hand 0 3 1531 Start source for Hand operation 0 Control from keypad 1 BAS 2 3 wire Start Stop 3 Keypad Panel Damper 8 2 P1 1 16 Ref Source Hand 0 7 201 Speed reference source for Hand operation Analog input Al1 Analog input Al2 Analog input Al3 Analog input Al4 Keypad Communication Bus Motor potentiometer PID Controller 8 3 P1 1 17 Start Srce Auto 0 3 1532 tart source for Auto operation Control from keypad BAS 2 3 wire Start Stop 3 Communication Bus OD NIU AWNSO 8 3 Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Not operational at this time TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 1 Paramete
84. 10V Reference Voltages Overtemperature Protection Yes Motor Overload Protection Yes Motor Stall Protection Yes Motor Underload Protection Yes Short Circuit Protection of the Yes A 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Power Ratings Table A 2 230V Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current HVX001Ax 2A_1 FR4 1 4 8 HVXF15Ax 2A_1 1 1 2 6 6 HVX002Ax 2A 1 2 7 8 HVX003Ax 2A 1 3 11 HVX005Ax 2A 1 FR5 5 17 5 HVX007Ax 2A 1 7 1 2 25 HVX010Ax 2A 1 10 31 HVX015Ax 2A 1 FR6 15 48 HVX020Ax 2A 1 20 61 HVX025Ax 2A 1 FR7 25 72 HVX030Ax 2A 1 30 87 HVX040Ax 2A 1 40 114 HVX050Ax 2A 1 FR8 50 140 HVX060Ax 2A 1 60 170 HVX075Ax 2A 1 75 205 Insert a 1 for NEMA Type 1 or a 2 for NEMA Type 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number Table A 3 480V Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current HVXF15Ax 4A_1 FR4 1 1 2 3 3 HVX002Ax 4A_1 2 4 3 HVX003Ax 4A_1 3 5 6 HVX005Ax 4A 1 4 7 6 HVX007Ax 4A 1 7 1 2 12 HVX010Ax 4A_1 FR5 10 16 HVX015Ax 4A_1 15 23 HVX020Ax 4A_1 20 31 HVX025Ax 4A_1 FR6 25 38 HVX030Ax 4A_1 30 46 HVX040Ax 4A_1 40 61 HVX050Ax 4A_1 FR7 50 72 HVX060Ax 4A_1 60 87 HVX075Ax 4A_1 75 105 HVX100Ax 4A_1 FR8 100 140 HVX12
85. 2 6 5 7 6 5 8 6 4 40 8 3 1 5 480V 25 40 558 541 519 237 105 165 195 148 15 5 9 19 37 A 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 o TI Ey Die A lk H2 le H1 gt Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 aL H5 L M i ff asal H6 mile Hg Figure A 8 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Table A 6 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR4 FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size w1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia A FR4 5 0 13 3 12 8 12 9 1 2 7 5 3 0 3 128 337 325 327 30 22 190 77 7 FR5 5 6 17 0 16 5 16 5 1 4 8 4 3 9 3 143 434 420 419 36 18 214 100 7 FR6 7 7 22 0 21 6 22 0 1 2 8 9 3 4 2 3 195 560 549 558 30 20 237 106 7 Table A 7 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 Fram Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size w3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia B FR4 4 8 4 5 12 4 12 8 2 3 123 113 315 325 5 7 FR5 5 3 4 7
86. 2 Interlock Time Start This functions the same as the Interlocked Start except that if the return acknowledgement contact is not received within the Interlock Timeout an IntIkTimeExpired RestartDrive message is displayed and the start sequence will need to be restarted 3 Delay Start This start is similar to the Interlocked Start except that a return contact is not used After the Delay Time following the relay output closure the HVX9000 starts Note If Run Enable Interlock opens the START button must be pressed in order to restart damper open and restart drive Using I O BAS start which is maintained retoggle of DIN1 is unnecessary Motor will start automatically when Run Enable Interlock is closed again Note Panel Damper uses the same timers P1 2 2 and P1 2 3 that P1 2 1 DIN1 uses 6 10 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 System Menu M3 The controls associated with the general use of the drive such as application selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software are located in the System Menu Descriptions of the system menu parameters are illustrated in Figure 6 8 QO 183 1 Language Selection S3 2 Application Selection S3 3 Copy Parameters P3 3 1 Parameter Sets I P3 3 2 Upload to Keypad P3 3 3 Download from Keypad i P3 3 4 Auto
87. 3 14 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 480V 200 250 hp 575V 125 200 hp Frame Size FR9 Figure 3 13 FR9 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 15 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Checking the Cable and Motor Insulation 1 Check the motor cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from terminals U V and W of the HVX900 and from the motor e Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 2 Check the input power cable insulation as follows e Disconnect the input power cable from terminals L1 L2 and L3 of the HVX9000 and from the utility line feeder e Measure the insulation resistance of the input power cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 3 Check the motor insulation as follows e Disconnect the motor cable from the motor and open any bridging connections in the motor connection box e Measure the insulation resistance of each motor winding The measurement voltage must equal at least the motor nominal volta
88. 3 fault e faulty operation HVX9000 will automatically component failure reload the parameter default settings Check all parameter settings after reset If the fault reoccurs contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 25 Microprocessor e faulty operation Reset the fault and restart If the watchdog fault component failure fault reoccurs contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 26 Start up prevented Start up of the drive has been Check Start Enable Interlock prevented settings 29 Thermistor fault The thermistor input of an Check the motor cooling and the option board has detected a high motor loading motor temperature Check the thermistor connection If the thermistor input of an option board is not being used it must be short circuited 32 Fan cooling The HVX9000 cooling fan did not Contact your Cutler Hammer start when commanded distributor 34 CAN bus Sent message not Ensure that there is another communication acknowledged device on the bus with the appropriate configuration 36 Control unit Control unit cannot control the Change control unit power unit and vise versa 37 Device change option board changed Reset different power rating of drive Note No fault time data record 38 Device added option board added Reset e drive of different power rating Note No fault time data record added 39 Device removed option board removed Reset e drive removed Note No fault time data record 40 Device unknown Unknown option
89. 32 with D9 Connection Board Modifications 1 Standard Boards Brake Chopper Options N No Brake Chopper Circuit B Internal Brake Chopper Circuit Input Options 1 3 phase EMC H 2 3 phase EMC N 4 3 phase EMC L Keypad A Alphanumeric 480V Drives up to 40 hp I are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 480V Drives 50 hp I or larger are only available with Brake Chopper Option N 230V Drives up to 20 hp I are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 575V Drives are standard without Brake Chopper Option N All 230V Drives and 480V Drives up to 250 hp I are only available with Input Option 1 480V Freestanding Drives are available with Input Option 4 EMC Level L 575V Drives up to 200 hp I are only available with Input Option 4 EMC Level L 480V Drives 300 600 hp I are available with enclosure style 0 Chassis 480V FR10 Freestanding Drives are available with enclosure style 1 NEMA Type 1 or 2 NEMA Type 12 FR11 Freestanding Drives are only available with enclosure style 1 NEMA Type 1 Note Availability 480V 1 1 2 400 hp 230V 1 75 hp 575V 3 200 hp 1 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Chapter 2 Mounting HVX9000 drives may be mounted side by side o
90. 5 V Motor voltage T 6 Motor power T 7 Motor torque T 8 V DC bus voltage T 9 C Unit temperature T 10 Run status T 11 Direction T 12 Warnings T 13 Zero speed Real time record If real time is set T 1 and T 2 will appear as follows T 1 yyyy mm dd Counted operation days Fault 43 Additional code T 2 hh mmiss sss Counted operation hours Fault 43 Counted operation days Fault History G5 34 All faults are stored in the Fault History Menu which can be viewed by using the Browser buttons Additionally the Fault time data record pages are accessible for each fault as in the Active Faults Menu described above See Figure 6 14 The HVX9000 s memory can store a maximum of 30 faults in the order of appearance If there are 30 uncleared faults in the memory the next occurring fault will erase the oldest fault from the memory Oc CD 5534 o 11 Output Phase F T1 T13 Figure 6 14 Sample Fault History Display Note Pressing the ENTER button for 3 seconds will clear the entire fault history Multimonitor G5 35 This Parameter allows the viewing and selection if allowed by System menu item P3 5 4 of three simultaneously monitored items from the Monitored Menu Items illustrated in Table 6 11 Use the right arrow key to select the item to be modified and then the up or down arrow keys to select the new item Press the ENTER key to accept t
91. 5Ax 4A 1 125 170 HVX150Ax 4A 1 150 205 HVX200Ax 4A 1 FR9 200 261 HVX250Ax 4A 1 250 300 HVX300A0 4A 1 FR10 300 385 HVX350A0 4A 1 350 460 HVX400A0 4A 1 400 520 HVX500A0 4A 1 FR11 500 590 HVX550A0 4A 1 550 650 HVX600A0 4A 1 600 730 Insert a 1 for NEMA Type 1 or a 2 for NEMA Type 12 in place of the x in the Catalog Number TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table A 4 575V Output Power Ratings Three Phase Input Catalog Number Frame Size Horsepower Current HVX003A1 5A4N1 FR6 3 4 5 HVX005A1 5A4N1 5 7 5 HVX007A1 5A4N1 7 1 2 10 HVX010A1 5A4N1 10 13 5 HVX015A1 5A4N1 15 18 HVX020A1 5A4N1 20 22 HVX025A1 5A4N1 25 27 HVX030A1 5A4N1 30 34 HVX040A1 5A4N1 FR7 40 41 HVX050A1 5A4N1 50 52 HVX060A1 5A4N1 FR8 60 62 HVX075A1 5A4N1 75 80 HVX100A1 5A4N1 100 100 HVX125A1 5A4N1 FR9 125 125 HVX150A1 5A4N1 150 144 HVX200A1 5A4N1 200 208 Power Loss and Switching Frequency In some situations it may be desirable to change the switching frequency of the HVX9000 for some reason typically e g to reduce the motor noise Raising the switching frequency above the factory default level increases the drive power loss and increases the cooling requirements Figures A 1 through A 6 illustrate the power loss increase for the different HVX9000 models When operating above the d
92. 7 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Power i Board 230V 25 40 hp 480V 50 150 hp 575V 40 100 hp Control Board Note Integrated Brake Chopper Circuit Not Included on 575V Units Li 12 L3 See Note Figure 3 6 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FR6 FR7 and FR8 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Refer to Tables A 2 A 3 and A 4 in Appendix A 3 8 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Power Board 480V 200 400 hp l 575V 125 200 hp Control Board 7 11 L2 L3 7 See Note Figure 3 7 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FR9 and FR10 The dotted lines refer to components present in FR9 but not in FR10 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Refer to Tables A 3 and A 4 in Appendix A TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 9 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Photos 230V 1 3 hp 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp Frame Size FR4 dobar Terminata e a Pow a Terran onc ie Termmnals
93. 75 230 FR8 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 100 150 480 28 240 28 240 28 240 28 240 60 100 575 200 250 480 FR9 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 1 1 11 61 125 200 575 28 295 28 295 28 295 28 295 3 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 2 Locate the plastic bag shipped with the drive containing the wiring plate Note Part numbers for these kits in plastic bags are Frame 4 FR00040 Frame 5 FR00050 Frame 6 FR00060 Figure 3 2 Wiring Plate If conduit is being used attach the wiring plate to it 4 Pass the motor and input power wires cables through the holes of the wiring plate Connect the input power and motor wires to their respective terminals according to the wiring diagrams in the following section marked Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations on Page 3 7 6 If an optional external brake resistor is used connect its cable to the appropriate terminals See Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations 7 If shielded cable is used connect the shields of the input line power cable and the motor cable to the ground terminals of the HVX9000 drive the motor and the line power supply Figure 3 3 Ground Terminal Locations TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manu
94. 9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 8 Perform either Test A or Test B without the motor connected to the HVX9000 Test A Control from the Control Panel Apply input power to the HVX9000 Press HOA button until HAND LCD is flashing then press ENTER Press the START button Go to the Monitoring Menu and check that the output frequency follows the reference as detailed in Reference Source Hand Press the STOP RESET button Test B Control from the I O Terminals Apply input supply power to the HVX9000 Change control from the keypad to the I O terminals Press HOA button until AUTO LCD is flashing then press ENTER Start drive by closing DIN1 Change the frequency reference from where Reference Source Auto P1 1 15 has been selected Check from the monitoring menu at the control panel that the output frequency follows the frequency reference Stop the drive by opening the start contact at DIN1 Disconnect all power to the HVX9000 Wait until the cooling fan on the unit stops and the indicators on the panel are not lit If no keypad is present check the indicators in the cover Wait at least five more minutes for the DC bus to discharge Connect the motor to the HVX9000 and check for correct motor rotation If possible perform a start up test with the motor connected to the HVX9000 but not connected to the process If the HVX9000 must be tested with the motor connected to the process perform it under no
95. A Type 12 FR9 with Flange Kit Table A 14 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR9 with Flange Kit Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia FR9 20 9 20 0 19 1 7 9 s2 51 7 45 3 16 5 3 9 14 4 1 24 9 13 4 4 3 8 530 510 485 200 5 5 1312 1150 420 100 35 9 2 362 340 109 21 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Ho ojo ojo W5 4Dia 1 Dia 2 wa ag ke Wa W6 w6 0 BO D3 p2 De P7 D5 ic a a HA W25 KSE pa W3 W3 W3 W3 W2 fe D1 gt m Operator Shown with Optional Disconnect LEVELS H Figure A 15 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive Table A 15 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Freestanding Drive Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Weight Size W1 w2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 Ibs kg FR10 23 43 2 46 4 53 79 5 95 2 95 3 11 79 45 74 80 20 18 857 595 62 5 115 20 151 75 79 2018 1900 512 5 389 Table A 15 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Freestanding Drive conti
96. Al1 terminals 2 3 2 PID output Al2 terminals 4 5 3 PID output Al3 reference 4 PID output Al4 reference 5 PID output PID keypad reference 6 PID output Communication bus 7 PID output Motor potentiometer Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Not available at this time Table B 12 Parameter Group G1 12 Preset Speeds Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 12 1 1 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 10 0 1600 Defines 1 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 2 2 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 20 0 1601 Defines 2 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 3 3 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 30 0 1602 Defines 3 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 4 4 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 40 0 1603 Defines 4 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 5 5 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 50 0 1604 Defines 5 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 6 6 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 75 0 1605 Defines 6 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency P1 12 7 7 Preset Speed 0 0 100 0 0 1 100 0 1606 Defines 7 preset speed as a 8 59 percentage of Max Frequency B 14 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 13 Parameter Group G1 13 Communication Bus
97. August 2006 Range 0 0 200 0 Default 0 0 Units Percent SPEEDSUPRVAL 2 Selects the frequency value supervised by Frequency Supervision Function 2 parameter f Hz 23 RO1 23 r as 23 Ro P1 3 19 Torque Supervision Function P1 3 20 Torque Supervision Value P1 3 21 Reference Supervision Limit Figure 8 8 Output Frequency Supervision Range 0 2 Default 0 No Supervision TORQUE SUPV FUNE If this parameter is set for 1 or 2 and the calculated torque value goes under over the set limit Torque Supervision Value this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs depending on the settings of Digital Output 1 DO1 Function Relay Output 1 RO1 Function or Relay Output 2 RO2 Function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Range 0 0 300 0 Default 100 0 Units Percent TORQUE SUPV VAL This parameter sets the torque value to be supervised by Torque Supervision Function parameter Range 0 2 Default 0 No Supervision REF SUPERV LIM If this parameter is set for 1 or 2 and the reference value goes under over the set limit Reference Supervision Value this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs depending on the settings of Digital Output 1 DO1 Function Relay Output 1 RO1 Function
98. C 7 Measured DC bus voltage V5 12 Motor run time Hrs 1701 Motor run time total P5 13 Run Display Format 1565 Changes motor run time between seconds minutes hours and days V5 14 Unit temperature 3C 8 Heatsink temperature V5 15 Calculated motor C 1917 Calculated motor temperature based on the motor temperature nameplate information and the calculated motor load V5 16 Analog Input 1 V 13 Voltage Input at Terminal Al1 and GND V5 17 Analog Input 2 mA 14 Current Input at Terminals Al2 and Al2 V5 18 Analog Input 3 mA 1680 Current Input at Terminals Al3 and Al3 V5 19 Analog Input 4 mA 1710 Current Input at Terminals Al4 and Al4 V5 20 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input status Figure 6 10 V5 21 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input status Figure 6 11 V5 22 DIN Status 1904 Status of all digital inputs v5 23 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output status Figure 6 12 V5 24 RO3 RO4 RO5 1678 Relay output status V5 25 Relay out status 1773 Status of all relay outputs V5 26 Analog lout mA 26 Current Output at Terminals AO1 and AO1 V5 27 Analog Output 2 mA 1874 Current Output at Terminals AO2 and AO2 V5 28 Analog Output 3 mA 1875 Current Output at Terminals AO3 and AO3 V5 29 PID Setpoint Eng 20 PID Setpoint Level Unit is dependent on selected Unit Engineering Units P1 11 2 V5 30 PID Actual Level Eng 21 PID Actual Level Unit is dependent on selected Unit En
99. Capacity lt 2 Arms ooo 99T Ve Et CC Le l Figure 4 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations Inverting the Digital Input Signal The active signal level depends on which potential the common inputs CMA and CMB terminals 11 and 17 are connected to The alternatives are either 24V or ground OV See Figure 4 6 The 24 volt control voltage and the ground for the digital inputs and the common inputs CMA CMB can be either the internal 24V supply or an external supply 24V DIN1 DIN2 Ground DIN3 Qu CMA Ground bo gf E o yn 24V DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 CMA Figure 4 6 Positive Negative Logic Positive logic 24V is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed Negative logic OV is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed 4 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Chapter 5 IntelliPass Bypass Option Product Description The Cutler Hammer IntelliPass Drive continues Eaton s tradition of providing a premier intelligent drive integrated with a reliable bypass configuration by taking advantage of the Cutler Hammer Intelligent Technologies T enclosed control and circu
100. E j W1 W2 y R2 R1 je H3 gt A bae o o o 0o o o o O rt lt a A D1 H 2 O o o i o o Y Figure A 10 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR8 Table A 9 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Frame Size Voltage hp I D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 dia R2 dia FR8 230V 50 75 13 5 30 1 28 8 28 4 11 5 10 7 4 480V 100 150 344 764 732 721 291 255 18 9 575V 60 100 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 gt H6 is H4 gt lt H4 a ka H5 Dia A zs 4 il o it o o h L ES F F F he H2 gt ke H1 kai x ma IN A f a o O o p lo i b i y lt H3 Pi H12 lt gt 1 lt Hg gt lt H9 gt lt H10 ME H11 o o o pila x Flange Opening W7 Ws W6 FR7 FR8 Dia B o H13 gt 1 be H8 Figure A 11 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 Table A 10 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit
101. E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Supersedes April 2005 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Important Notice Please Read The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions outlined in Eaton Electrical Inc selling policies The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the relevant Eaton Electrical Inc selling policy NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Eaton Electrical Inc be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Cutler Ham
102. FR7 FR8 aaa A 12 Table A 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR9 00 0c eee eee A 13 Table A 13 Dimensions for HVX9000 FRO 2 cee eee ees A 14 Table A 14 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR9 with Flange Kit 00 eee A 15 Table A 15 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Freestanding Drive A 16 Table A 16 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Open Chassis 0000 eee eee A 17 Table A 17 Dimensions for HVX9000 NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive A 18 Table A 18 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR11 Open Chassis 00 cee ee eees A 19 Table B 1 Parameter Group G1 1 Basic 0 ccc tenes B 1 Table B 2 Parameter Group G1 2 Input Signals 0 cee ees B 2 Table B 3 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals 0 0 00 ee nes B 5 Table B 4 Parameter Group G1 4 Drive Control cece eee eee B 8 Table B 5 Parameter Group G1 5 Skip Frequencies cc cece ee eee eens B 9 Table B 6 Parameter Group G1 6 Motor Control 00000 eee eee B 9 Table B 7 Parameter Group G1 7 Protections ccc eee eee eee eee B 10 Table B 8 Parameter Group G1 8 Auto Restart Parameters 0000eeeeeeaee B 11 Table B 9 Parameter Group G1 9 Fire Mode cece cece eee eee eeee B 12 Table B 10 Parameter Group G1 10 IntelliPass Parameters B 12 Table B 11 Parameter Group G1 11 PID Control 0 0 c cece ee eee B 13 Table B 12 Para
103. Failure to follow this precaution may result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before opening the HVX9000 drive covers e Disconnect all power to the HVX9000 drive e Wait a minimum of 5 five minutes after all the lights on the keypad are off This allows time for the DC bus capacitors to discharge e A hazardous voltage may still remain in the DC bus capacitors even if the power has been turned off Confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring their voltage using a multimeter set to measure DC voltage Failure to follow the above precautions may cause death or severe injury A WARNING The HVX9000 output terminals U V and W correspond to a phase rotation of ABC If the input terminals L1 L2 and L3 have not been wired for ABC the motor rotation will be different when powered from the bypass instead of the HVX9000 which can result in personal injury and equipment damage In this situation the input line wiring must be changed to correspond to ABC rotation Cautions A CAUTION Do not perform any meggar or voltage withstand tests on any part of the HVX9000 drive or its components Improper testing may result in damage A CAUTION Prior to any tests or measurements of the motor or the motor cable disconnect the motor cable at the HVX9000 output terminals U V W to avoid damaging the HVX9000 during the motor or cable testing A CAUTION Do not touch any components on the circuit boards Static vol
104. Figure A 7 pu a ca es cee ee ee ee eee eee eee ees A 8 Operate Menu Navigation Figure 6 15 0 00 cc eee eens 6 25 Operate Menu Navigation Figure 6 2 1 0 0 cece eens 6 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations Figure 4 5 0 0 cece ees 4 6 Option Board A2 Wiring Diagram Slot B Figure 4 4 1 0 2 0 0 ee 4 5 Option Board A9 Jumper Location and Settings Slot A Figure 4 3 4 5 Option Board A9 Wiring Diagram Figure 4 2 ees 4 3 Option Board B5 Terminal Location Figure 5 15 ee ees 5 24 Option Board B5 Wiring Diagram Figure 5 14 ees 5 23 Option Board Slots Figure 4 1 een ene 4 1 Output Frequency Supervision Figure 8 8 eee eee eee eens 8 24 Parameter Menu Structure Figure 6 6 eee eee tee een eee 6 9 PID Controller D Time Example 1 Figure 8 26 00 cece eee eee eee 8 54 PID Controller D Time Example 2 Figure 8 27 eee eee eee 8 55 PID Controller D Time Example 3 Figure 8 28 ccc e cece eee eee 8 55 PID Output Motor Potentiometer Reference Figure 8 30 8 58 Positive Negative Logic Figure 4 6 0 0 0 eee eee 4 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 1 3 hp 230V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 480V Figure A 1 ees A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 100 150 hp 480V Figure A 5 eet een eens A 7 Power Loss as Fun
105. For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 51 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 P1 11 7 Range 0 7 Default 0 Actual Value 1 Actual Value ACT VALUE SELECT Selection This parameter selects the PID controller actual value input signal source 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Smaller of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Greater of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 P1 11 8 Range 0 9 Default 2 Al2 Actual Value 1 ACTUAL 1 INPUT Input This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 1 input signal source 0 Not used 1 Analog Input Al1 control board terminals 2 and 3 2 Analog Input Al2 control board terminals 4 and 5 3 Analog input Al3 4 Analog input Al4 Not available at this time 5 Communication bus FB Process Data IN 2 ID 2005 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power P1 11 9 Range 1000 0 1000 0 Default 100 0 Actual 1 Maximum Units Percent Scale ACT 1 MAX SCALE This parameter sets the maximum scaling point for actual value 1 100 is equivalent to no maximum scaling See Figure 8 25 P1 11 10 Range 1000 0 1000 0 Default 0 0 Actual 1 Minimum Units Percent Scale ACT 1 MIN SCALE This parameter sets the minim
106. Frequency Motor Speed DC Braking N DC Braking Na ON NG B t 1 x P1 4 9 3 RUN STOP 0 1 x fy ON t B t 0 1x P1 4 9 gt RUN STOP Figure 8 11 DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Coasting TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 31 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 NG ut Motor Speed vV N Output Frequency P1 4 10 4 gt Le t P1 4 9 RUN STOP Figure 8 12 DC Braking Time When Stop Mode Ramp P1 4 10 DC Brake Frequency In Ramp Stop P1 4 11 Start DC Brake Time Range 0 10 10 00 Units Hertz STOP OC BRAKEFR The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 8 13 Default 1 50 Range 0 000 60 000 Units Seconds START OC BRAKETN DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time before the brake is de energized After the brake is de energized the output frequency increases according to the set start function by Start Mode parameter See Figure 8 13 Default 0 000 Output A Frequency P14 11 be I I RUN STOP P1 4 12 Flux Brake Figure 8 13 DC Braking Time at Start Range 0 1 Default 0 Off FLUX BRAKE Braking torque is created by controlling the motor flux 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON For more information visit w
107. IntelliPass bypass the B5 option board is installed in slot C Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 4 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Control Wiring Guidelines Wire the control terminals using the following guidelines e The control wires shall be at least AWG 20 0 5 mm shielded cables e The maximum wire size is AWG 14 2 5 mm for the relay terminals and AWG 16 1 5 mm for all other terminals e The tightening torques for the option board terminals are listed in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Tightening Torques of Terminals Tightening Torque Terminal Screw Ib in Nm Relay and thermistor terminals 4 5 0 5 M3 screw Other terminals M2 6 screw 2 2 0 25 Control Wiring Instructions Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions 1 Unlock the bottom cover by turning the locking screw 90 degrees counterclockwise 2 Remove the bottom cover by rotating the cover towards you on the base hinges then lifting the cover away from the base 4 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E ETN Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions Continued 3 Wire the control terminals following the details for the specific option boards shown on the following pages Note F
108. NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive XX ah PEE LAPAG AKALA EK ce ede DP KHEN A AG DLANKA KG A 16 Figure A 16 HVX9000 Dimensions FR10 Open Chassis eee ee eee A 17 Figure A 17 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive A 18 Figure A 18 HVX9000 Dimensions FR11 Open Chassis 0 000 eee eee A 19 vi TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 List of Tables For Listing by Topic see Appendix D Table 1 1 HVX9000 Drive Catalog Numbering System 000 a 1 2 Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting an HVX9000 Drive 005 2 1 Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements 0 0 00 cece eee eee eens 2 2 Table 3 1 Cable Spacings 0 00 cece cece eens 3 1 Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 208 240V Ratings 00 cece eee eee eee 3 2 Table 3 3 Cable and Fuse Sizes 380 500V Ratings 0 000 cee eee eee 3 2 Table 3 4 Cable and Fuse Sizes 575 690V Ratings eee eee eee 3 3 Table 3 5 Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current 00 00 cece eee eee eee 3 3 Table 3 6 Power Connection Tightening Torque ccc eee eee eee eee 3 3 Table 3 7 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths 000 cece eee eee 3 4 Table 4 1 Tightening Torques of Terminals 00 ccc eee eee eee eens 4 2 Table 4 2 Control Wiring Instructions
109. O BUN P4 1 1 2 Range 1 5 Default 1 Al2 Mode g2 maa Analog Input 2 input options 0 20 mA 4 20mA 0 10V 2 10V 10 10V oBRWNM P4 1 1 3 Range 1 4 Default 1 A01 Mode A0 MODE Analog Output 1 output options 0 20 mA 4 20mA 0 10V 2 10V BWRHND gt 6 20 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Monitoring Menu M5 The Monitoring Menu items are meant for viewing parameter values during operation Monitored values are updated every 0 3 sec Monitored items are identified by item numbers V5 1 to V5 32 and G5 35 as listed in Table 6 11 Table 6 11 Monitoring Menu Items Code _ Signal Name Unit ID Description V5 1 Motor speed rpm 2 Calculated motor speed V5 2 Motor speed 1590 Motor Nominal Speed V5 3 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference setting V5 4 Output frequency Hz 1 Frequency to the motor V5 5 Motor current A 1780 Measured motor current V5 6 Motor torque 4 Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque V5 7 Motor power 5 Calculated power based on nominal motor power V5 8 Instantaneous kW kW 1888 Calculated power based on output to motor V5 9 Energy meter KwH 1666 Kilowatt hours total usage V5 10 Motor voltage VAC 6 Calculated motor voltage V5 11 DC bus voltage VD
110. PID output Al1 reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer PID output Al3 reference Not available at this time PID output Al4 reference Not available at this time PID output PID keypad reference PID output Communication bus PID output Motor potentiometer NO oOBRWN O PID Max Limit PID Min Limit 20 00 S_______ ____ __ _ _ J Figure 8 30 PID Output Motor Potentiometer Reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs 8 58 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual P1 12 1 1 Preset Speed P1 12 2 2 Preset Speed P1 12 3 3 Preset Speed P1 12 4 4 Preset Speed P1 12 5 5 Preset Speed P1 12 6 6 Preset Speed P1 12 7 7 Preset Speed Parameter Group G1 12 Preset Speeds Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 7 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 1 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 2 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 2 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 3 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 3 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default Units Percent 4 PRESET SPEED This parameter defines the 4 preset speed Range 0 0 100 0 Default
111. Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 2 15 Al2 Custom Min 0 00 Al2 0 01 0 00 326 Used when setting of Al2 Signal 8 10 Custom Max Range 2 P1 2 16 Al2 Custom Max Al2 Custom Min 0 01 100 00 327 Used when setting of Al2 Signal 8 10 100 00 Range 2 P1 2 17 Al2 Signal Inv 0 1 1 0 No 328 0 Noinversion 8 11 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 2 18 Al2 Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 10s 329 0 00 No filtering 8 11 P1 2 19 MotorPot Ramp Time 0 1 2000 0 0 1s 10 0s 331 Ramp rate of motor pot 8 11 P1 2 20 MotorPotMemFreqRef 0 2 1 1 367 0 No reset 8 11 1 Reset at stop and power down 2 Reset at power down P1 2 21 MotorPotMemPIDRef 0 2 1 0 No 368 0 Noreset 8 11 Reset 1 Reset at stop and power down 2 Reset at power down P1 2 22 Ref Scale Min 0 00 Ref Scale 0 01 Hz 60 00 344 Sets the frequency corresponding to 8 12 Max the minimum reference signal P1 2 23 Ref Scale Max Ref Scale Min 0 01 Hz 60 00 345 Sets the frequency corresponding to 8 12 320 00 the maximum reference signal P1 2 24 Al3 Signal Sel AnIN 0 1 AnIN 0 1 141 Connect the AI3 signal to the analog 8 12 AnIN E 10 input P1 2 25 Al3 Signal Range 0 1 1 1 4 20 143 0 0 20mA 8 12 mA 20 1 4 20mA 100 P1 2 26 Al3 Signal Inv 0 1 1 0 No 151 0 Noinversion 8 13 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 2 27 Al3 Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 10 142 0 00 No filtering 8 13 P1 2 28 Al4 Signal Sel AnIN 0 1 AnIN 0 1 152
112. T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 9 Parameter Group G1 9 Fire Mode Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 9 1 FireModeFunction 0 1 1 0 Closed 1501 0 Closed contact initiates fire mode 8 48 Contact 1 Open contact initiates fire mode P1 9 2 FMRefSelFunction 0 1 1 0 1502 0 Disabled 8 48 1 Enabled P1 9 3 FireModeMiniFreq Minimum 0 01 Hz 15 00 1503 Minimum HVX9000 frequency in fire 8 48 Frequency mode Maximum Frequency P1 9 4 FireModeFreqRef1 0 0 100 0 0 1 75 0 1712 HVX9000 reference 1 frequency in fire 8 48 mode P1 9 5 FireModeFreqRef2 0 0 100 0 1 100 0 1711 HVX9000 reference 2 frequency in fire 8 48 mode P1 9 6 FMAutoResetDelay 0 50 10 00 0 01s 5 00 1506 Auto restart delay in fire mode after 8 49 fault cause clears Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Table B 10 Parameter Group G1 10 IntelliPass Parameters Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 10 1 IntelliPass 0 1 1 0 1521 0 Disabled Not used 8 49 IntelliPass 1 IntelliPass enabled Disabled P1 10 2 Bypass Start Delay 1 32 765 1s 5 1545 Time delay before motor is switched 8 49 from HVX9000 to bypass after digital input closed P1 10 3 Auto Bypass 0 1 1 0 Auto 1525 0 Auto bypass disabled 8 50 Bypass 1 Auto bypass enabled Disabled P1 10 4 Auto BypassDelay 0 32 765 1s 10 1526 Time delay before auto b
113. Terminal ba Ground Terminals i ae Figure 3 8 FR4 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 3 10 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 230V 5 10 hp 480V 10 20 hp Frame Size FR5 Namang Motor Terminaka Brake a Do Terminals Terminals Groand Terminals Power Terminals Figure 3 9 FR5 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 11 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 230V 15 20 hp 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp Frame Size FR6 Figure 3 10 FR6 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 3 12 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 230V 25 40 hp 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp Frame Size FR7 Power Terminals Motor Terminals Brake DC Terminals Terminala _ Grouret _ Figure 3 11 FR7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 13 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Only supplied when Brake Chopper ordered with FR8 480V 100 150 hp 575V 60 100 hp Frame Size FR amp Ground Terminal Figure 3 12 FR8 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals
114. Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut three holes in the drive s enclosure for the incoming power motor and low voltage control leads Note Power motor and control leads must each be located in separate conduit 6 Connect the incoming power leads to circuit breaker terminals labeled L1 L2 and L3 7 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive 8 Connect the power ground wire to the ground stud Incoming Power Power Leads Ground Wire For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 continued 9 If applicable set the space heater See the space heater user s manual supplied with the drive Note The space heater is used to prevent condensation from damaging the equipment when the drive is not operating OFF Space Heater Set Knob 10 Use your first and second fingers and simultaneously push down to release the two orange retaining clips one on each side of the 24V DC motor overload terminal block 11 If necessary use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the terminal block in a straight plane to avoid damaging it Orange Retaining Clips 12 Lift to open the cover on the motor overload and us
115. VX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 List of Tables For Listing by Topic see Appendix D continued Table 8 3 RO1 Function Settings 0 0 0 0 cece eee tent e eee 8 18 Table 8 4 RO2 Function Settings 00 0 ccc ee eee teen eens 8 20 Table 8 5 RO3 Content Settings cc eee eens 8 21 Table 8 6 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output cece eee eee eee 8 27 Table 8 7 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output 0 0 c cece ee eee eee 8 28 Table 8 8 Binary Inputs for Seven Preset Speeds 0 000 ccc aaa 8 59 Table 8 9 Fieldbus Output Selection Examples cee eee eee ee eee eee 8 62 Table A 1 HVX9000 Drive Specifications 0 0 eee A 1 Table A 2 230V Output Power Ratings 0c cece ee eee A 3 Table A 3 480V Output Power Ratings 22 02 cee eee eee A 3 Table A 4 575V l Output Power Ratings 0 00 ce eee ees A 4 Table A 5 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions 0000 eee eee A 8 Table A 6 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR4 FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit A 9 Table A 7 Dimensions for the Flange Opening FR4 to FR6 2 ce eee ees A 9 Table A 8 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR7 0 000 cee eee eee A 10 Table A 9 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR8 2 nannan aana A 11 Table A 10 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit A 12 Table A 11 Dimensions for the Flange Opening
116. VX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR7 and FR8 Figure A 11 2 1 0 cee teen eee eee nes A 12 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive Figure A 17 A 18 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive Figure A 15 cite aaah oe bere cee Code eee ewe eek eee eRe eee A 16 Identification of TYPE 1 Components Figure 5 11 0 cee eee eee eens 5 16 Identification of TYPE 3R Components Figure 5 8 eee eee 5 9 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths Figure 3 1 3 4 IntelliPass Control Diagram Figure 5 13 eee een eens 5 22 IntelliPass Power and Motor Terminal Wiring Example Figure 5 12 5 21 Keypad and Display Figure 6 1 0 0 0 eee eee 6 1 Keypad Control Menu Figure 6 7 e teee eee eens 6 9 Linear and Squared Change of Motor Voltage Figure 8 16 8 36 Main Menu Navigation 1 of 2 Figure 6 4 0 0 cee eee 6 7 Main Menu Navigation 2 of 2 Figure 6 5 eee 6 8 Minimum Load Setting Figure 8 21 eee eee eee 8 44 Motor Cooling Power Figure 8 18 cece eee ete ee tenes 8 41 Motor Temperature Calculation Figure 8 19 eee tenes 8 42 Mounting Space Requirements Figure 2 1 0c cece eee eee eens 2 1 NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR4 FR5 and FRG
117. al E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 8 If shielded cable is not used check the connection of the ground cable to the motor the HVX9000 drive and the input line power terminals marked with 9 Attach the wiring plate with the screws provided Ensure that no wires are trapped between the frame and the wiring plate 10 Insert the rubber grommets into the wiring plate holes that have not been used as illustrated in Figure 3 4 Figure 3 4 Cable Protection Plate 3 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Schematics for HVX9000 Drives The following wiring diagrams show the line and motor connections of the frequency converter Power i Board 230V 1 20hp 480V 1 1 2 40 hp 575V 3 30hp Control Board BR Option 1 i a a I a I q amp 1DC Be Note Integrated Brake Chopper Circuit Not Included on 575V Units Option 11 L2 L3 See Note Figure 3 5 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Note When using a 1 phase supply for units rated for such connect the input power to terminals L1 and L2 Refer to Tables A 2 A 3 and A 4 in Appendix A TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3
118. al speed 8 15 P1 3 2 Aout Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 1 00 308 0 No filtering 8 15 P1 3 3 Aout Invert 0 1 0 Not Inverted 309 No inversion Signal inverted 8 16 P1 3 4 Aout Minimum 0 1 0 O mA 310 OmA 4mA 8 16 P1 3 5 Aout Scale 10 1000 10 0 Yo 100 311 o o No scaling 8 16 P1 3 6 DO1 Function 1 26 1 Ready 312 0 1 0 1 1 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 HVX9000 overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7 Reference fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Bypass Run 11 Atspeed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 14 Output frequency limit 2 supervision 15 Torque limit supervision 16 Reference limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control from I O terminals 19 Drive temp limit supervision 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 External brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault or warning 23 Pass Through Communication 24 Fire mode is active 25 In Auto Control mode 26 In Hand Control mode 8 17 P1 3 7 RO1 Function 1 28 2 Run 313 Same as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 27 Start Delay Relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 8 R02 Function 1 28 3 Fault 314 Same as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Dr
119. alculated power based on nominal motor power V5 8 1888 Calculated power based on output to motor V5 9 1666 Kilowatt hours total usage V5 10 6 Calculated motor voltage V5 11 7 Measured DC bus voltage V5 12 1701 Motor run time total P5 13 1565 Changes motor run time between seconds minutes hours and days V5 14 8 Unit heatsink temperature V5 15 1917 Calculated motor temperature based on the motor nameplate information and the calculated motor load V5 16 13 Voltage Input at Terminal Al1 and GND V5 17 14 Current Input at Terminals Al2 and Al2 V5 18 1680 Current Input at Terminals Al3 and Al3 V5 19 1710 Current Input at Terminals Al4 and Al4 V5 20 15 Digital input status DIN 1 DIN 3 Binary converted to decimal V5 21 16 Digital input status DIN 4 DIN 6 Binary converted to decimal V5 22 1904 Digital Input status All digital Inputs Binary converted to decimal V5 23 17 Digital and relay output status D01 R01 R02 Binary converted to decimal V5 24 1678 Relay output status R03 RO5 status Binary converted to decimal V5 25 1773 Status of all relay outputs D01 R08 status Binary converted to decimal V5 26 26 Current Output at Terminals AO1 and AO1 V5 27 1874 Current Output at Terminals AO2 and AO2 V5 28 1875 Current Output at Terminals AO3 and AO3 V5 29 20 PID Setpoint Level V5 30 21 PID Actual Level V5 31 22 PID Error Value V5 32 23 PID Ou
120. ange 10 00 200 00 Units Percent VOLTAGE AT Ful Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the V f curve parameters See Voltage Frequency Optimization Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection V f Mid Point Frequency and V f Mid Point Voltage and Figure 8 17 When the Motor Nominal Voltage and Motor Nominal Frequency are set the Field Weakening Point and Voltage at Field Weakening Point are automatically given the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting the Motor Nominal Voltage and Motor Nominal Frequency Default 100 00 Range 0 00 Field Weakening Point Default 60 00 Units Hertz V HZ MD FREQ If the programmable V f curve has been selected with Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 17 Range 0 00 100 00 Units Percent V HZ MO VOLTE If the programmable V f curve has been selected with the Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 17 Default 100 00 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 37 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 6 8 Zero Frequency Voltage P1 6
121. are mounted above each other the clearance between the drives should equal C D see Table 2 1 and Figure 2 1 above In addition the outlet air used for cooling the lower unit must be directed away from the inlet air used by the upper unit TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 2 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Environmental Requirements Ensure that the environment meets the requirements listed in Table A 1 of Appendix A for any storage or operating situation The following table specifies the minimum airflow required in the area where the drive will be mounted Note that this drive is suitable for installation in a compartment handling conditioned air Table 2 2 Cooling Airflow Requirements Drive Type Variable Torque Ratings Cooling Air Required 230V 1 3 hp 41 cfm 70 m3 h 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 230V 5 10 hp 112 cfm 190 m3 h 480V 10 20 hp 230V 15 20 hp 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 230V 25 30 hp 250 cfm 425 m3 h 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 480V 100 150 hp 383 cfm 650 m3 h 575V 60 100 hp 480V 200 250 hp 765 cfm 1300 m3 h 575V 125 200 hp Standard Mounting Instructions 1 Measure the mounting space to ensure that it allows for the minimum space surrounding the HVX9000 drive Drive dimensions are in Appendix A Make sure the mounting surface is fla
122. as been selected 11 Atspeed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 1 and Speed Supervision Value 1 14 Output frequency limit 2 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 2 and Speed Supervision Value 2 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 17 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 8 2 DO1 Function Settings continued Signal Content Active reference is beyond the set The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see Torque Supervision Function and Torque Supervision Value supervision low limit high limit see Reference Supervision Limit and Reference Supervision Value External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay see External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay Frequency converter heatsink temperature In external control mode goes beyond the set supervision limits see Temperature Function Supervision and Temperature Supervision Value Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one External brake ON OFF control see External Brake Off Delay and
123. ate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example Code Signal Name Unit Description 0 1 Motor Speed rpm Calculated motor speed 0 2 Motor Nomspeed Motor nominal speed 0 3 Freq Reference Hz Frequency Reference 0 4 Output Frequency Hz Output Frequency 0 5 Motor Current A Measured Motor Current 0 6 Motor Torque Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque 0 7 Motor Power Calculated motor voltage 0 8 DC Bus Voltage V Measured DC Bus Voltage 0 9 Unit Temperature HG Heatsink temperature 0 10 Calc MotorTemp Calculated motor temperature based on the motor nameplate information and the calculated motor load 0 11 Analog Input 1 V Voltage input at Terminals Al1 and GND The menu is navigated by using the left and right arrow buttons If a reference level is available for setting the up and down arrow buttons adjust the value To exit the Operate Menu to access the other menus depress the ENTER button for 2 seconds While in the other menus if there is no keypad activity the display will return to the Operate Menu after 60 seconds programmable per P3 6 3 Timeout Time parameter Figure 6 15 illustrates the Operate Menu button function TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 25 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 6 26 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Ha
124. ate printed on the protective cardboard can be used for marking the mounting points of the HVX9000 on the wall or cabinet TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 1 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Catalog Numbering System Table 1 1 HVX9000 Drive Catalog Numbering System August 2006 HVX Ca 010 Al Product Family HVX HVAC Drive Family Horsepower Rating l1 001 1 040 40 F15 1 1 2 050 50 002 2 060 60 003 3 075 75 005 5 100 100 007 7 1 2 125 125 010 10 150 150 015 15 200 200 020 20 250 250 025 25 300 300 030 30 400 400 Software Series A Standard Software Enclosure 0 Chassis 1 NEMA Type 1 2 NEMA Type 12 Voltage Rating 2 230V 208 240V 4 480V 380 500V 5 575V 525 690V 4A 1B 1 Options Options appear in alphabetical order Extended I O Card Options B1 6 DI 1 ext 24V DC EXT 24V DC B2 1 RO NC NO 1 RO NO 1 Therm B4 1 Al mA isolated 2 AO mA isolated B5 1 ext 24V DC EXT 24V DC 3 RO NO B8 1 ext 24V DC EXT 24V DC 3 Pt100 B9 1 RO NO 5 DI 42 240V AC Input Communication Cards CA Johnson Controls N2 CB Siemens Apogee FLN Cl Modbus TCP CJ BACnet C2 Modbus C4 LonWorks C8 Modbus D9 Type Connector D3 RS 2
125. ault Current 0 4 20 mA RL max 500 Q or Voltage 0 10V RL 51 KQ default Selection with jumper block X6 Figure 4 3 19 A01 Analog output common Maximum Vin 48V DC Galvanically connected to terminals 7 13 20 DO1 Digital output1 Ready Open collector Maximum current 50 mA For IntelliPass this is programmed for Bypass Overload fault The bypass must be enabled at least once or Parameter P1 10 3 Auto Bypass must be enabled for software to automatically change DIN6 programmable selection to Bypass Overload Fault 4 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 X2 Jumper Setting Analog Input 2 A12 X1 Jumper Setting ABCD 0 to 20 mA Analog Input 1 A11 Current input HER Oto1ove ABCD 0 to 10V ABCD Voltage Input e ejeje Voltage Input gt ee Oto20mA ABCD 0 to 10V ABCD X6 Jumper Setting Current Input cje o laban e Boo Analog Output 1 A01 0 to 10V ABCD Differential es e 10to10v ABCD va 20 p Bas Voltage Input L ee Voltage Input AHE UIFENE MUPUT leje s 10 to 10V ABCD 0 to 10V ABCD Voltage Inpu
126. black Insert black Insert black 25 55V DC Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 41096 B 2nd Voltage Check Insert red Insert red Insert red 25 55V DC Insert black multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 10 Note Set the multimeter to the diode function and check each motor terminal consecutively with each DC bus terminal as indicated in Table 5 11 Table 5 11 Static Checks of Inverter DC Bus Terminal Motor Terminal lead Multimeter T1 T2 T3 Reading B 1st Overload Check Insert black Insert black Insert black OL Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead B 2nd Overload Check Insert red Insert red Insert red OL Insert black multimeter multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead lead B 1st Voltage Check Insert black Insert black Insert black 25 40V DC Insert red multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 10 B 2nd Voltage Check Insert red Insert red Insert red 25 40V DC Insert black multimeter multimeter lead multimeter lead multimeter lead 10 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual
127. bled UNDERVOLT CONTR 0 Undervoltage Controller disabled 1 Undervoltage Controller enabled With the undervoltage control switched on if the utility supply voltage declines the output frequency will decrease to maintain a constant motor V f relation This may be useful for example if the utility supply voltage varies more than 15 and the motor cannot tolerate this undervoltage In some applications the motor is required to operate at the desired set speed regardless of supply line voltage variations In this situation the undervoltage control is switched off the frequency will not decrease as the utility supply voltage decreases This could lead to under exciting the motor resulting in a large increase in motor current during undervoltage conditions Note Undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of operation 8 38 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Parameter Group G1 7 Protections P1 7 1 Range 0 5 Default 0 No Response 4 mA Reference UMA FAULT RESP Fault Response A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the reference signal P 1 2 9 P1 2 14 or P1 2 25 is set to 1 4 20 mA and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 RO2 or RO3 No response Warning
128. board or drive Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 41 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge Check loading overtemperature protection has Check motor size detected high short term overload current 42 Brake resistor Brake resistor overtemperature Set the deceleration time longer overtemperature protection has detected Use an external brake resistor excessive braking TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Table C 1 Fault Codes continued August 2006 Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 43 Encoder fault Note the exceptional Fault data Check encoder channel record See Active Fault Menu connections for more information Additional Check the encoder board codes 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed 50 Analog input lj lt 4 MA Current at the analog input is Check the current loop signal for signal range 4 to 20 lt 4 mA source and wiring mA control cable is broken or loose e signal source has failed 51 External fault Digital input set as an external Check source of trigger fault input has been triggered 52 Keypad communication The connection between the Check keypad connection and fault control keypad and the HVX9000 keypad cable has been lost 53 Communication bus The data connection bet
129. bout to start in BYPASS TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 49 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 10 3 Auto Bypass P1 10 4 Auto Bypass Delay P1 10 5 Overcurrent Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 6 IGBT Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 7 4 mA Reference Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 8 Undervoltage Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 9 Overvoltage Fault Auto Bypass August 2006 Range 0 1 Default 0 Auto Bypass Disabled AUTO BYPASS This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur based on Overvoltage Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 5 through Undervoltage Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 9 parameters below 0 Auto Bypass disabled 1 Auto Bypass enabled Range 0 32 765 Default 10 Units Seconds AUTO BYPASSOELAY This parameter specifies the time delay before an automatic switch to bypass as determined by Overvoltage Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 5 through Undervoltage Fault Auto Bypass P1 10 9 parameters will occur Range 0 1 Default 0 OVER 1 BYPASENAG This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur after the overcurrent fault auto restart tries have been exceeded 0 Auto bypass on overcurrent fault tries exceeded disabled 1 Auto bypass on overcurrent fault tries exceeded enabled Range 0 1 Default 0 IGBT FLT BYPASEN This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur after the IGBT fault auto restart tries have b
130. cables note the minimum distances between the motor cables and other cables given in Table 3 1 below Table 3 1 Cable Spacings Minimum Distance Between Cables in Feet m Shielded Cable Length in Feet m 1 0 3 lt 164 50 3 3 1 0 lt 656 200 The spacings of Table 3 1 also apply between the motor cables and signal cables of other systems Maximum length of the motor cables is as follows 1 2 hp 230V units 328 ft 100m All other hp units 984 ft 300m The motor cables should cross other cables at an angle of 90 degrees If conduit is being used for wiring use separate conduits for the input power wiring the output power wiring the signal wiring and the control wiring TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 3 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation Use only copper wire with temperature rating of at least 167 F 75 C Table 3 2 Cable and Fuse Sizes 208 240V Ratings Frame NEC Wire Size Terminal Size hp Size A A Fuse A Power Ground Power Ground 1 FR4 4 2 4 8 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 1 1 2 FR4 6 6 6 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 2 FR4 6 8 7 8 10 14 14 16 12 16 14 3 FR4 9 6 11 15 14 14 16 12 16 14 5 FR5 15 2 17 5 20 12 12 16 8 16 8 7 1 2 FR5 22 25 30 10 10 16 8 16 8 10 FR5 28 31 4
131. cece eee eens B 12 Power and Motor Cable Stripping Lengths Table 3 7 0 nananana nnan 3 4 Power Connection Tightening Torque Table 3 6 0 000 c cece eee eens 3 3 RO1 Function Settings Table 8 3 0 ccc eee eens 8 18 RO2 Function Settings Table 8 4 0 cc eee eens 8 20 RO3 Content Settings Table 8 5 2 1 0 ccc eee eens 8 21 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Table 8 1 ee eee eee 8 16 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Table 8 6 0000 c cece eee eee 8 27 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Table 8 7 eee eee 8 28 Slot A Expander Board Information Table 6 10 cece eee eee eee 6 18 Software Information Table 6 7 0 0 ccc ee teen eens 6 18 Space Requirements for Mounting an HVX9000 Drive Table 2 1 2 1 Static Checks of Converter Table 5 10 0 ccc ccc ee eee eee eens 5 14 Static Checks of DC Bus Table 5 12 0 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eens 5 15 Static Checks of Inverter Table 5 11 1 1 0 0 00 c cece eee eee eee enas 5 14 Tightening Torques of Terminals Table 4 1 0 0 00 cece eee eee 4 2 Total Counters Table 6 5 2 0 0 ccc eee eee eee eens 6 17 Trip Counters Table 6 6 2 2 s20 4 cee 55 2a oe ee bebe be dani deiir eee bend ea ees 6 17 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com D 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 D
132. changes in the reference signal Setting a value of 0 1 to 10 seconds produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration curve The ramp times are determined by Acceleration Time 1 and Deceleration Time 1 See Figure 8 10 0 Linear s0 S curve acceleration deceleration ratio 8 28 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 4 2 Range 0 0 10 0 Default 0 0 Ramp 2 Shape Units Seconds RAMP 2 SHAPE The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting value 0 1 to 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with Acceleration Time 1 Deceleration Time 1 Acceleration Time 2 Acceleration Time 2 See Figure 8 10 0 Linear s0 S curve acceleration deceleration ratio Hz A x P1 1 3 P1 1 5 P1 4 3 P1 4 4 P1 4 1 P1 4 2 1 bs P1 4 1 P1 4 2 lg Figure 8 10 Acceleration Deceleration Curve S Shaped P1 4 3 Range 0 1 3000 0 Default 10 0 Acceleration Time 2 Units Seconds ACCEL TIME 2 Time required for output frequency to change from the minimum frequency to the maximum frequency set by Minimum Frequency and Maximum Frequency With the use of Accele
133. ction of Switching Frequency 15 20 hp 230V 25 40 hp 480V Figure A 3 0c eee ees A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 200 250 hp 480V Figure A 6 6 teen eens A 7 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 5 10 hp 230V 10 720 hp 480V Figure A 2 ccc ees A 5 D 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 List of Figures continued Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 50 75 hp 480V Figure A 4 2 ect eee nee e eens A 6 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Figure 3 5 21 cee eee eee eens 3 7 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FR6 FR7 and FR8 Figure 3 6 0 00 cee teen eee 3 8 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FRO and FR10 Figuire 3 7 2 22332m exceed DENG DLLILI E E EEEE ER 3 9 Programmable V f Ratio Figure 8 17 eee eens 8 37 Ramp Speed Scaling Between Skip Frequencies Figure 8 15 8 34 Sample Fault History Display Figure 6 14 ee ee eens 6 24 Schematic for Static Checks Figure 5 10 eee eee 5 15 Skip Frequency Area Setting Figure 8 14 1 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eee 8 34 Stall Characteristics Settings Figure 8 20 0 cece 8 43 System Menu Structure Figure 6 8 0 0c cece eee eee eens 6 11 Tools Required Figure 5 9 1 0 0 0 ccc eee eee
134. d are fed into an external brake resistor This enables the HVX9000 to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected See separate brake resistor installation manual 0 Brake chopper not used 1 Brake chopper in use 2 External brake chopper 3 In Ready state Range 0 1 Default 0 Ramping START MODE 0 Ramp The HVX9000 starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times 1 Flying start The HVX9000 is able to start into a spinning motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is spinning at The searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the spinning equivalent frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value following the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor may be spinning when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to ride through short utility voltage interruptions Range 0 3 Default 1 Ramp STOP MODE 0 Coasting The motor coasts to a halt without control from the HVX9000 after the Stop command 1 Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters If th
135. d to the Start and Stop control signals with the External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay parameters which define the time for which the external brake remains in its previous position before reacting to the START STOP signal See Figure 8 9 To program the brake control signal you can use either the digital output DO1 or the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see Digital Output 1 DO1 Function Relay Output 1 RO1 Function or Relay Output 2 RO2 Function t P1 3 24 t P1 3 23 on off IN OFF External DO1 RO1 Brake oN RO2 START DIN1 DIN4 stop t Figure 8 9 External Brake Control P1 3 25 Range 0 2 Default 0 No Supervision Temperature 7EMP FUNC SUPY Function f this parameter is set for 1 or 2 and the HVX9000 temperature goes under Supervision over the set limit Temperature Supervision Value this function generates a warning message via digital output DO1 or the relay outputs depending on the settings of Digital Output 1 DO1 Function Relay Output 1 RO1 Function or Relay Output 2 RO2 Function 0 No temperature limit supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 25 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 26 Temperature Supervision Value P1 3 27 Analog Output 2 A2out Signal P1 3 28 Analog Output 2 A2out Content P1 3 29 Analog Output 2 A2out
136. default value InMotor x1 3 A Stall Area P1 7 15 gt P1 7 17 f Figure 8 20 Stall Characteristics Settings P1 7 16 Range 1 00 120 00 Default 15 00 Stall Time Limit Units Seconds STALL TIME LIO This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see Stall Protection P1 7 17 Range 1 00 Maximum Frequency Default 25 00 Stall Frequency Units Hertz Limit STALL FREQ LIM For a stall state to occur the output frequency must be below this limit TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 43 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Underload Protection General Information The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the HVX9000 is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with Underload Protection fnom Torque Field weakening area load and Underload Protection f0 Torque Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5 Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in perce
137. des i Places Free oe Required Both Sides 5 7 gt lt A F B a Ft a aaa 1 z ff ff H1 H2 H H2 H4 H3 Y Y a o Y o j W1 gt I lt Ww gt D1 K D i LA n No Y He W gt D1 le D gt Figure 5 4 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box C Table 5 5 HVX Series TYPE 12 Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Voltage hp Weight AC IL H H1 H2 H3 H4 Ww W1 D D1 Lbs kg 208V 40 60 52 00 50 00 48 35 72 00 71 19 30 92 29 30 16 78 2 34 230V 40 75 1320 8 1270 0 1228 1 1828 8 1808 2 785 4 744 2 426 2 59 4 480V 100 150 Consult Factory TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 TYPE 3R 0 44 11 2 Mounting Holes 4 Places Figure 5 5 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A Table 5 6 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Approx Approx Ship Voltage hp Weight Weight AC IL H H1 H2 H3 Ww W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2 Lbs kg Lbs kg 208V 1 15 33 00 31 36 29 67 25 35 21 05 16 92 15 30 2 07 17 24 16 26 3 31 170 215 230V 1 15 838 2 796 5 753 6 643 9 534 7 429 8 388 6 52 6 437 9 413 0
138. e Chopper Extended I O Card Options 2 B4 OPTB4 1 Al 2 AO B5 OPTBS 3 RO Communication Cards C2 OPTC2 Modbus C4 OPTC4 Lonworks CA OPTC2 Johnson Controls N2 CB Siemens Apogee FLN CJ BACNet 480V Drives 1 40 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 480V Drives 50 150 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option N 208 230V Drives 1 20 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option B 208 230V Drives 25 75 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option N CHOMO O IntelliPass Only IntelliDisconnect Only Two slots D E available for expansion cards Only one communication card can be installed at a time Fused Drive Isolation P3 and 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation P6 cannot be installed together in NEMA Type 1 Design Space Heater SA option only applicable in NEMA Type 12 3R enclosures TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Dimensions August 2006 a WW _ gt TYPE 1 S H Y ll lt D gt Figure 5 1 HVX IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Dimensions Table 5 2 NEMA TYPE 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Approximate Dimensions Voltage hp in Inches mm Weight AC Ip H WwW D Lbs kg 208 1 3
139. e a flat blade screwdriver to set the overload amperage to match the value on the motor nameplate 13 Turn the auto manual reset factory default is manual on the motor overload 90 to the auto position TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 11 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 5 9 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 3R and 12 continued 14 Connect the motor leads to the motor overload terminals labeled 1TA 1TB and 1TC 15 Using the appropriate metric Allen wrench 2 5 mm 3 mm or Matet 4 mm tighten each overload Motor Leads Overload Terminals terminal per the specifications in the contactor user s manual A CAUTION An English Allen wrench will damage the terminals and the motor overload will need to be replaced not covered by warranty 16 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive 17 Reinsert the motor overload terminal block 18 Connect the motor ground wire to the ground stud Motor Ground Stud 19 Use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the low voltage I O terminal block 20 Insert the incoming control leads into the terminal block Refer to the electrical schematic supplied with the drive 21 Reinsert the I O terminal block into the control board 5 12
140. e allowed during the Trial Time after an undervoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after undervoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the HVX9000 is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Range 0 10 Default 0 GVERVOLT TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts are allowed during the Trial Time after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault The fault is reset and the HVX9000 is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Range 0 3 Default 0 GVERCURR TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts are allowed during the Trial Time Note IGBT temperature faults are included in this function 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after an overcurrent fault trip saturation trip or IGBT temperature fault Range 0 10 Default 0 4 MA FAULT TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts are allowed during the Trial Time 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal 4 20 mA has returned to the normal level 54 mA Range 0 10 Default 0 MOTTEMPF TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts are allowed duri
141. e regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration 2 Normal Ramp Run Enable coasting After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when the Run Enable signal is de energized using one of the digital inputs e g DIN3 the motor coasts to a halt without control from the drive 3 Normal stop Coasting Run Enable ramping The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the drive However when Run Enable signal is de energized using one of the digital inputs e g DIN3 the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration Range 0 15 x InHvx 1 5 x InHvx Default 0 5 x InHvx Units Amperes DC BRAKE CURRENT This parameter s range and default value are determined by the HVX9000 nameplate current rating It defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking 8 30 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 4 9 DC Brake Time at Stop Range 0 000 60 000 Units Seconds STOP DC BRAKETA Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the on time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the Stop Mode 0 DC brake
142. eding parameter becomes invisible HzA PID Output Error Value J VA 10 I Part 6 Hz s BA 1096 l Part 6 Hz s 7 z 10 l Part 6 Hz s 7 x 10 I Part 6 Hz s ENERE BETH KAMANG ere feror 10 I Part 6 Hz s lt _ 1s t Figure 8 26 PID Controller D Time Example 1 8 54 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Example 2 Given values PID Control Gain P 0 PID Max Limit 100 0 PID Control Integral Time time 1 00 s PID Min Limit 0 0 PID Control Derivative Time D time 1 00 s Min Frequency 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max Frequency 60 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the I time Once the difference between the setpoint and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of PID Control Integral Time In case the error value is negative the HVX9000 reacts reducing the output correspondingly See below HzA PID Output mmm Error Value A D part 4 QUOTA 1 Pd l D part NA N 7 S NS x N i Zz 4 D part LAN N N P part
143. ee Active Fault Menu for distributor more information TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com C 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Table C 1 Fault Codes continued August 2006 Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 9 Undervoltage DC link voltage is less than the minimum safe operating voltage limit most probable cause too low a utility supply voltage e HVX9000 internal fault If there was a supply voltage loss or dip reset the fault and restart the HVX9000 Check the supply voltage If it was within specification at the time of the fault an internal failure has occurred Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 10 Input line supervision Input line phase is low or missing Check the utility supply voltage cables and connections 11 Output phase supervision Current sensing indicates that there is no current in one motor phase Check the motor cables connections and motor 12 Brake chopper supervision no brake resistor installed e brake resistor is broken e brake chopper failure Check the brake resistor If the resistor is ok the chopper is faulty Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 13 14 HVX9000 undertemperature HVX9000 overtemperature Heatsink temperature is under 10 C Heatsink temperature is over 90 C Provide supplemental heating or relocate t
144. een exceeded 0 Auto bypass on IGBT fault tries exceeded disabled 1 Auto bypass on IGBT fault tries exceeded enabled Range 0 1 Default 0 NG REF BYPASENAG This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur after the loss of reference fault auto restart tries have been exceeded 0 Auto bypass on loss of reference fault tries exceeded disabled 1 Auto bypass on loss of reference fault tries exceeded enabled Note P1 7 1 4 mA Reference Fault Auto Bypass must be set to 4 or 5 Fault Range 0 1 Default 0 UV BYPASSENAB This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur after the undervoltage fault auto restart tries have been exceeded 0 Auto bypass on undervoltage fault tries exceeded disabled 1 Auto bypass on undervoltage fault tries exceeded enabled Range 0 1 Default 0 OVOLT BYPASSENAB This parameter specifies whether an automatic switch to bypass will occur after the overvoltage fault auto restart tries have been exceeded 0 Auto bypass on overvoltage fault tries exceeded disabled 1 Auto bypass on overvoltage fault tries exceeded enabled 8 50 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Parameter Group G1 11 PID Control P1 11 1 PID Reference P1 11 2 Engineering Unit P1 11 3 Sensor Minimum Value P1 11 4 Sensor Maximum Value P1 11 5 Minimum PID Setpoint
145. efault switching frequency the HVX9000 output current rating should be derated by the ratio of the increased power loss to the nominal power loss Example The user of a 40 hp 61A 480V HVX9000 wishes to increase the switching frequency from the factory default value of 10 kHz to 15 kHz to reduce motor noise From Figure A 3 the loss at the factory default switching frequency of 10 kHz is 1240 watts The loss at 15 kHz from Figure A 3 is 1340 watts 1240 _ Re rate 61 x 1340 56A Thus at the increased switching frequency the maximum load allowed is 56A to avoid overheating the HVX9000 A 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 200 00 180 00 160 00 140 00 120 00 PIW 100 00 80 00 60 00 40 00 F15FR4 400V 003FR4 500V 20 00 F15FR4500V 007FR4 400V 003FR4 400V 007FR4 500V 0 00 r i r 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching Frequency kHz Figure A 1 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 1 3 hp 230V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 480V 900 00 800 00 700 00 600 00 500 00 P W 400 00 300 00 200 00 010FR5 400V 015FR5 500V 100 00 010FR5 500V 020FR5 400V 015FR5 400V 020FR5 500V 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16
146. eference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4 mA 8 18 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 8 3 RO1 Function Settings continued Setting Signal Content 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Bypass Run Bypass has been selected 11 Atspeed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 1 and Speed Supervision Value 1 14 Output frequency limit 2 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 2 and Speed Supervision Value 2 15 Torque limit supervision The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see Torque Supervision Function and Torque Supervision Value 16 Reference limit Active reference is beyond the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Reference Supervision Limit and Reference Supervision Value 17 External brake control External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay see External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay 18 Control
147. equency to fmin Minimum Frequency P1 4 5 Brake Chopper 0 3 1 0 Not 504 0 Brake chopper not used 8 30 Used 1 Brake chopper in use no testing 2 External brake chopper no testing 3 In Ready state no testing P1 4 6 Start Mode 0 1 1 0 505 0 Ramp 8 30 Ramping 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop Mode 0 3 1 1 Ramp 506 0 Coasting 8 30 1 Ramp 2 Normal ramp Run enable coasting 3 Normal coasting Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC Brake Current 0 15 x InHVXx 1 5 0 01 0 5 x InHvx 507 DC brake current in amperes 8 30 X INHVX P1 4 9 Stop DC BrakeTm 0 000 60 000 0 001s 0 000 508 0 DC brake not used at stop 8 31 gt 0 DC brake in use at stop for settime P1 4 10 Stop DC BrakeFr 0 10 10 00 0 01 Hz 1 50 515 Output frequency DC brake applied 8 32 P1 4 11 Start DC BrakeTm 0 000 60 000 0 001s 0 000 516 0 DC brake not used at start 8 32 gt 0 DC brake in use at start for set time P1 4 12 Flux Brake 0 1 1 0 Off 520 0 Flu braking off 8 32 1 Flux braking on P1 4 13 FluxBrakeCurrent 0 1 x InMotor 0 1x 0 5 x 519 Flux brake current in amperes 8 33 Current Limit InMotor InMotor Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 8 TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 5 Parameter Group G1 5 Skip Frequencies Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 5 1 SkipF 1 Low Lim 0 00 Skip 0 01 Hz 0 00 509 Skip frequency range 1 low limi
148. er Manual August 2006 DIN Q FireModeRefSel lt 4 mA Fault DIN tQ DIN 5 FMRefSelFunction P1 9 2 Th FireMode Internal Frequency Reference AND H n DIN DIN 2 0 Frequency Reference L to Motor Control FireModeRefSel 1 2 Preset Frequency 1 P1 9 4 Preset Frequency 2 P1 9 5 1 Figure 8 24 Frequency Reference Logic of the Fire Mode PID Application When Running in Fire Mode P1 9 6 Range 0 50 10 00 Fire Mode Auto Units Seconds Reset Delay FRAUTORESETOELAY Default 5 00 Time delay before forced reset after a hardware generated fault while in the fire mode Parameter Group G1 10 IntelliPass P1 10 1 Range 0 1 IntelliPass INTELLIPASS Default 0 IntelliPass Disabled This parameter identifies whether the IntelliPass bypass option is installed and enabled 0 IntelliPass Disabled Not used 1 IntelliPass enabled Used P1 10 2 Range 1 32 765 Bypass Start Delay Units Seconds BYPASS START DELAY Default 5 This parameter specifies the time delay between when the Start Signal is applied in I O or Fieldbus to when the motor starts There is no Bypass Delay when starting in BYPASS from the keypad The keypad will display BYPASS Starting WARNING until the motor starts in BYPASS This display is also active when Auto Bypass is active and motor is a
149. er Manual August 2006 P1 2 4 DIN2 Function Range 0 15 Default 1 Ext fault close DINE FUNCTION This parameter determines the function of digital input DIN2 If DIN2 is not being used set this parameter value to 0 0 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 Enable Bypass Ext Fault Close Bypass Ovld Fault Run enable External interlock Contact open HVX9000 start disabled Contact closed HVX9000 start enabled Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Hand Auto Select contact closed Auto control selected PID Control contact closed PID control selected Motor potentiometer down contact closed Motor potentiometer down selected PID Reference 2 Select selects between PID Reference and PID Setpoint 2 from keypad PM Setback contact closed PM Setback enabled Fault reset contact closed All faults reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened HOA On Off contact closed HOA Off Speed Select 3 Fire Mode contact closed Fire Mode selected See Page 8 48 Fire Mode Preset Reference Select Contact open or closed based on FMRefSelFunction lf this input is ON then FireModeFreqRef1 or FireModeFreqRef2 is selected as a Preset Speed TD04008003E For more information visit www Ea
150. ernal fault contact open 3 Run enable External interlock 4 Accel decel time selection 5 Hand Auto Select 6 Motor potentiometer up 7 PID Control 8 PID Reference 2 Select 9 Speed Select 1 10 Fault reset 11 Accel decel prohibited 12 DC braking command 13 Smoke Purge 14 Fire Mode 15 Fire Mode Reference Select 1 2 Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 2 Parameter Group G1 22 Input Signals continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 2 6 DIN4 Function 0 15 1 4 Accel 1536 0 Enable Bypass 8 7 decel time 1 External fault contact closed sel 2 External fault contact open 3 Run enable External interlock 4 Accel decel time selection 5 Hand Auto Select 6 PID Control 7 Motor potentiometer down 8 Reverse 9 PM Setback 10 Fault reset 11 Speed Select 2 12 DC braking command 13 HOA ON OFF 14 Fire Mode 15 Fire Mode Reference Select 1 2 P1 2 7 DIN5 Function 0 15 1 13 PM 330 0 Enable Bypass 8 8 Setback 1 External fault contact closed 2 External fault contact open 3 Run enable External interlock 4 Accel decel time selection 5 Hand Auto Select 6 Motor potentiometer up 7 PID Control 8 Reverse 9 DC Brake Comm 10 Fault reset 11 Accel decel prohibited 12 HOA On O
151. ettings submenu S3 7 provides parameters for Internal brake resistor connection Fan control HMI acknowledge timeout and HMI retry P3 7 1 Range Connected Not Connected Default Not connected Internal Brake 57 3 j7ERNERAKERES Resistor With this function you can tell the HVX9000 whether the internal brake resistor Connection 7 js connected or not If your drive has an internal brake resistor the default value of this parameter is Connected However if it is necessary to increase braking capacity by installing an external brake resistor or if the internal brake resistor is disconnected it is advisable to change the value of this function to Not Connected in order to avoid unnecessary fault trips Note The brake resistor is available as an option for all drives It can be installed internally in frame sizes FR4 to FR6 P3 7 2 Range Continuous Temperature Default Continuous Fan Control First Start and Calc Temp FAN CONTROL This function allows you to control the HVX9000 s cooling fan You can set the fan to run 1 Continuous fan runs continuously 2 Temperature based on the temperature of the unit The fan is switched on automatically when the heatsink temperature reaches 60 C The fan receives a stop command when the heatsink temperture falls to 55 C The fan runs for about a minute after receiving the stop command or switching on the power as well as after changing the value from Continuous to
152. ference Selection Setting this parameter to 1 enables the Fire Mode Frequency Reference 1 or Function Fire Mode Frequency Reference 2to be used as a reference in Fire Mode without using a digital input 0 Disabled 1 Enabled P1 9 3 Range Minimum Frequency Default 15 00 Fire Mode Maximum Frequency Minimum Units Hertz Frequency IREMODETINIFREG This parameter sets the minimum output frequency for fire mode P1 9 4 Range 0 0 100 0 Default 75 0 Fire Mode Units Percent Frequency AIREMODEFREOREF Reference 1 This parameter sets the drive operating frequency for fire mode reference 1 P1 9 5 Range 0 0 100 Default 100 0 Fire Mode Units Percent Frequency FIREMODEFREQREFE Reference 2 This parameter sets the drive operating frequency for fire mode reference 2 N IMPORTANT The electronic overload on the contactor must be set to AUTO otherwise the overload will function normally In AUTO the contactor overload remains on but sends a fault signal to the drive The drive receives the signal as only a warning while in Fire Mode allowing continued running of the motor until destruction if need be Note 1 Fire Mode has no effect on Bypass operation 2 Only pushing the STOP button on the drive keypad or removing the Fire Mode digital input will stop the drive operation 8 48 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives Us
153. ff 13 PM Setback 14 Fire Mode 15 Fire Mode Reference Select 1 2 P1 2 8 DING Function 0 15 1 11 Speed 1537 0 Not Used 8 9 Select 3 1 External fault contact closed 2 External fault contact open 3 Run enable External interlock 4 Accel decel time selection 5 Hand Auto Select 6 Motor potentiometer up 7 Motor potentiometer down 8 PID Reference 2 Select 9 PM Setback 10 Fault reset 11 Speed Select 3 12 HOA On Off 13 Bypass Overload Fault 14 Fire Mode 15 Fire Mode Reference Select 1 2 P1 2 9 Al1 Signal Range 0 2 1 0 0 20 320 0 0 20mA 8 9 mA 0 1 4 20mA 100 2 ID ized signal range P1 2 10 AI1 Custom Min 0 00 Al1 0 0196 0 00 321 Used when setting of Al1 Signal 8 9 Custom Range 2 Minimum P1 2 11 All Custom Max Al1 Custom 0 01 100 00Y6 322 Used when setting of Al1 Signal 8 9 Maximum Range 2 100 00 P1 2 12 Al1 Signal Inv 0 1 1 0 No 323 0 Noinversion 8 10 Inversion 1 Signal inverted P1 2 13 Al1 Filter Time 0 00 10 00 0 01s 0 10s 324 0 No filtering 8 10 P1 2 14 Al2 Signal Range 0 2 1 1 4 20 325 0 0 20mA 8 10 mA 20 1 4 20mA 100 2 ID ized signal range Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 2 Parameter Group G1 2 Input Signals continued Code
154. g used For more information see the appropriate Communication Board Manual 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 45 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 7 24 Slot Communication Fault Response August 2006 Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault 5LOTCONFRULTRESP The response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or failed board 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Parameter Group G1 8 Auto Restart The automatic restart function restarts the drive when the cause of the fault selected with Undervoltage Restart Tries to External Fault Tries parameters has disappeared and the waiting time Wait Time has elapsed Undervoltage Restart Tries to External Fault Tries parameters determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by Trial Time See Figure 8 23 P1 8 1 Wait Time P1 8 2 Trial Time Range 0 10 10 00 Default 0 50 Units Seconds WAIT TINE Defines the time before the HVX9000 tries to automatically restart the motor after the cause of the fault trip has disappeared Range 0 00 60 00 Default 30 00 Units Seconds TRIAL TIME This parameter sets the trial time for the auto restart function The time count
155. gain to return to drive operation After pressing the key you will be in AFD operation The Ready Bypass Mode when Flashing LED should now be either solid green or OFF 1 Doo oo tc 8888 TDZTO2O So O O z Do o dt DB 8888 TZFTOO Doo p 2c 8888 SETS So O O Of ex Figure 6 3 Enable Bypass Note See Parameter Group 1 10 IntelliPass Parameters for more information on customizing bypass operation Another way to return to drive operation is to go directly to Parameter 1 10 1 INTELLI PASS and disable which also disables the BYPASS in all control sources When in doubt as to Mode of Bypass view status of Ready Bypass Mode when flashing LED along with keypad display 6 6 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Menu Navigation Navigation Tips e To navigate within one level of menu use the up and down arrows To move deeper into the menu structure and back out use the right and left arrows To edit a parameter navigate to show that parameter s value and press the right arrow button to enter the edit mode In edit mode the parameter value will flash e When in edit mode the parameter value can be changed by pressing the up or down arrow keys e When in edit mode pressing
156. ge but not exceed 1000V e The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 3 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 EP Chapter 4 Control Wiring General Information The control unit of the HVX9000 drive consists of the control board and various option boards that plug into the five slot connectors A to E of the control board Galvanic isolation of the control terminals is provided as follows e Control connections are isolated from power and the GND terminals are permanently connected to ground e Digital inputs are galvanically isolated from the I O ground e Relay outputs are double isolated from each other at 300V AC Option Board General Information The HVX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter boards to customize the drive for your application needs The drive s control unit is designed to accept a total of five option boards Option boards are available for normal analog and digital inputs and outputs for communication and for additional application specific hardware The HVX9000 factory installed standard option board configuration includes an A9 I O board and an A2 relay output board which are installed in slots A and B For information on additional option boards see the 9000X Series Drives Option Board Manual Note If your HVX9000 has been shipped with a factory installed
157. gineering Units P1 11 2 V5 31 PID Error Value Eng 22 PID Error Value Unit is dependent on selected Unit Engineering Units P1 11 2 V5 32 PID Output 23 PID Output G5 33 Active Faults See Page 6 22 G5 34 Fault History See Page 6 24 G5 35 Multimonitor See Page 6 24 Resettable via S 3 8 2 trip counters Includes BIN Binary to decimal converted value for all digital inputs and digital and relay outputs See description on Page 6 22 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 21 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 V5 20 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 OFF ON OFF Figure 6 10 Digital Inputs DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status V5 21 DIN4 DIN5 DING ON OFF OFF Figure 6 11 Digital Inputs DIN4 DIN5 DING Status DO1 RO1 RO2 OFF OFF ON V5 23 Figure 6 12 Digital Outputs DO1 RO1 RO2 Status P5 13 Range 4 7 Default 5 Minutes Run Display Format RUNDSPLYFORNAT This sets the format of the display for Motor Run Time V 5 12 4 Seconds 5 Minutes 6 Hours 7 Days Active Faults G5 33 When a fault occurs the HVX9000 stops The sequence indication F1 the fault code a short description of the fault and the fault type symbol will appear on the display In addition the indication FAULT or ALARM is displayed and in case of a FAULT the red LED on the keypad star
158. gure A 4 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency B07 5A r kk Ka eee kth tS kes NP Cokes KAG NG A 6 Figure A 5 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 100 150 hp 480V iki otc gag NG ekan athe naa cee ate NG LA See LI PAA A 7 Figure A 6 Power Loss as Function of Switching Frequency 200 250 hp 480V wc cee kl BARKADA NAA A 7 Figure A 7 NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FRA FRS and FRG nn cube etre ei ee ee eet eed ones a hea ee ENE A 8 Figure A 8 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 00 ees A 9 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com Vv HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 List of Figures For Listing by Topic see Appendix D continued Figure A 9 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR7 A 10 Figure A 10 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR8 A 11 Figure A 11 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR7 nd FRS a cle a antia RATAN ata ee a eee a HG SM alee oO A 12 Figure A 12 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 A 13 Figure A 13 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 A 14 Figure A 14 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 With Flange Kites a KA kA DBA KAKA years cee eRe eee ND ABG A 15 Figure A 15 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and
159. he HVX9000 to a warmer location An overtemperature warning is issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 85 C a fault occurs at 90 C Check for the correct amount and unrestricted flow of cooling air Check the heatsink for dust or dirt buildup Check the highest ambient temperature level Make sure that the switching frequency is not set too high in relation to the ambient temperature and motor load 15 Motor stalled motor or load mechanical failure e load too high stall parameter settings incorrect Check the motor mechanical system and load level Confirm the stall parameter settings 16 Motor overtemperature motor is overloaded motor overheating has been detected by HVX9000 motor temperature model Decrease the motor load If no motor overload exists check the temperature model parameters 17 Motor underload e mechanical or load problem underload parameter settings incorrect Check the motor check for a loose belt broken coupling or load problems Confirm underload parameter settings C 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table C 1 Fault Codes continued Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 22 EEPROM checksum Parameter save fault Upon reset of this fault the 2
160. he change 6 24 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Operate Menu One Touch Operate Menu Navigation Note we Up and Down arrows are defaulted to Freq Ref Up frequency reference Some applications A also support other references like A Torque or PID The active reference is Monitor Display Monitor Display selected with a parameter Navigation Left Navigation Right y y Freq Ref Down Y lt enter 49 Display will automatically return to default Operate Menu monitor display after 60 sec delay Delay is programmable in P3 6 3 Timeout time Password Programming Menu M1 Parameters Exit Operate Menu by navigating to Programming display and M2 Keypad Control pressing ENTER button or simply M3 System Menu press ENTER button 2 seconds Acknowledgement password M4 Expander Boards value if defined M5 Monitor M6 Operate Mode l Center oJ or time Figure 6 15 Operate Menu Navigation The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items Some applications also support the setting of reference values in this menu The items displayed vary by application Table 6 14 is an example of the first 11 menu variables for the IntelliPass application Table 6 14 Oper
161. he customized parameter Set1 If no differences are detected a O is displayed on the lowermost line of the keypad If any of the parameter values differ from those of the Set1 parameters the number of the deviations is displayed together with symbol P e g P1 P5 five deviating values By pressing the right arrow button once again you will see both the actual value and the value it was compared to In this display the value on the Description line in the middle is the default value and the one on the value line lowermost line is the edited value You can also edit the actual value by pushing the Right Arrow button Actual values can also be compared to Set2 Factory Settings and Keypad Set values Security Menu Parameter Options S3 5 Note The Security submenu is protected with a password Store the password in a safe place S3 5 1 Password S3 5 2 Parameter Lock 63 5 3 Start Up Wizard Range 0 65 535 Default 0 PASSWORD The application selection can be protected against unauthorized changes with the Password function When the password function is enabled the user will be prompted to enter a password before application changes parameter value changes or password changes By default the password function is not in use If you want to activate the password change the value of this parameter to any number between 1 and 65 535 The password will be activated after the Timeout time Timeout Time has
162. hich is user friendly and cost effective while fulfilling the user s needs EMC compliance was a major consideration from the outset of the design The HVX9000 derive series is targeted at the world market To ensure maximum flexibility yet meet the EMC needs of different regions all drives meet the highest immunity levels while emission levels meet the requirements noted in the following section EMC Classification The HVX9000 drive series are EMC classification H capable Class H HVX9000 drives have been designed to fulfill the requirements of the product standard EN 61800 3_A11 for the 1st environment restricted distribution and the 2nd environment The emission levels correspond to the requirements of EN 61000 6 4 HVX9000 series drives fulfill all applicable EMC immunity requirements standards EN 61000 6 1 EN 61000 6 2 and EN 61800 3 A11 Declaration of Conformity The Manufacturer s Declarations of Conformity assuring the compliance of the HVX9000 drives with the European Community EC EMC directives is available upon request A 20 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Warranty and Liability Information Eaton Electrical Inc warrants the product delivered in the Cutler Hammer shipping package to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for twenty four 24 months from date
163. iPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 4 0 00 0 aaa 5 4 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 8 0 00 ccc eee ee 5 8 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 6 0 0 00 aaa 5 6 HVX Series TYPE 3R Enclosed IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions Table 5 7 0 0 ee ees 5 7 HVX9000 Drive Catalog Numbering System Table 1 1 ccc eee ee eee eee 1 2 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions Table A 5 0 00 0 ee eee A 8 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR7 Table A 8 0 0 000 ccc ee ees A 10 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR8 Table A 9 0 0 0 ee ees A 11 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions FR9 Table A 12 1 0 0 0 ees A 13 HVX9000 Drive Specifications Table A 1 2 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee A 1 LCD Status Indicators Table 6 1 0 0 cc eee ees 6 2 LED Status Indicators Table 6 2 1 0 0 ccc eee eee 6 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 List of Tables continued Maximum Symmetrical Supply Current Table 3 5 0 00 ccc ee eee 3 3 Monitoring Menu Items Table 6 11 0 0 eee eee eens 6 21 Monitoring Menu Items Table B 14 0 0c eee tenes B 16 Navigation Buttons Table 6 3 cc eee eee eee eens 6 3 NEMA TYPE 1 IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensio
164. id certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 14 Range Skip Frequency 2 Low Limit Default 0 00 Max Frequency Units Hertz SKIPF 2 HIGH LIN In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 14 0 No skip frequency range 2 Range 0 Skip Frequency 3 High Default 0 00 Limit Units Hertz SKIPF 3 LOW LIM In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 14 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 33 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 5 6 Skip Frequency 3 High Limit August 2006 Range Skip Frequency 3 Low Limit Default 0 00 Max Frequency Units Hertz SKIPF 3 HIGH LIM In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency
165. inal block Insert the incoming control leads into the terminal block Refer to the electrical schematic supplied with the drive Reinsert the I O terminal block into the control board Verify that all other wires to the terminal block are connected TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 19 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 continued 25 Make sure power is off and perform static checks as described in Static Checking on Page 5 14 Note Static check shown is for L3 and B terminals See Figure 5 10 for a detailed schematic to aid in performing the static 26 Once the pre power static checks are completed reinstall the drive s outer and side covers tightening all the L1 L2 L3 B B BT T1 T2 T3 27 Make sure that the drive s 3rd contactor S1 switch if present is in the ON position shown in OFF position Note The bypass mode operates with the switch in the OFF position however the drive will not run Yet the keypad 28 Turn the circuit breaker handle in a clockwise direction A WARNING High Voltage e Always work with another person e Be sure equipment is properly grounded e Wear safety glasses Circuit Breaker Handle 5 20 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler
166. ing 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 24 SlotComFaultResp 0 3 1 2 Fault 734 0 Noresponse 8 46 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Table B 8 Parameter Group G1 8 Auto Restart Parameters Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 8 1 Wait Time 0 10 10 00 0 01s 0 50 717 Auto restart delay after fault cause 8 46 clears P1 8 2 Trial Time 0 00 60 00 0 01s 30 00 718 Time limit for max set number of 8 46 faults before fault is maintained P1 8 3 Start Mode 0 2 1 0 719 0 Ramp start 8 47 Ramping 1 Flying start 2 Start per Start Mode P1 8 4 Undervolt Tries 0 10 1 0 720 0 No auto restart 8 47 s0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time P1 8 5 Overvolt Tries 0 10 1 0 721 0 No auto restart 8 47 s0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time P1 8 6 Overcurr Tries 0 3 1 0 722 0 No auto restart 8 47 gt 0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time P1 8 7 4 mA Fault Tries 0 10 1 0 723 0 No auto restart 8 47 gt 0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time P1 8 8 MotTempF Tries 0 10 1 0 726 0 No auto restart 8 47 gt 0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time P1 8 9 ExtFault Tries 0 10 1 0 725 0 No auto restart 8 47 gt 0 Number of auto restarts allowed during trial time TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 11 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E
167. ion 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The HVX9000 is controlling the motor speed compensating for the motor slip accuracy 0 5 Range 0 1 Default 0 None V HZ OPTIMZATION 0 None 1 Automatic torque boost This parameter determines if automatic torque boost is used With automatic torque boost the voltage to the motor changes automatically which allows the motor produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage increase depends on the motor type and power Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where the starting torque required due to high starting friction is large e g in conveyors EXAMPLE What is required to start the load from 0 Hz First set the motor nominal values Motor Nominal Current to Current Limit Second choose the Motor Control Mode Third choose the Voltage Control Mode Option 1 Activate the automatic torque boost Voltage Frequency Optimization value 1 Option 2 Programmable V f curve To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency so the motor has enough current at low frequencies First select the programmable V F curve Voltage Frequency Ratio Selection value 2 Increase Zero Frequency Voltage to get enough current at zero speed Then set the V f Mid Point Voltage to 1 4142 x Zero Frequency Voltage and the V f Mid Point Frequency to a value of V f Mid Point Voltage 100 x Motor Nominal Frequency Note In high torque low
168. it breaker expertise The IntelliPass bypass is a two or three contactor design utilizing the Cutler Hammer 24V DC IT series of contactors and power supplies The IT features function and form allow the drive and bypass to become an integrated design enabling Eaton to manufacture the world s smallest drive and bypass package The IntelliPass comes standard with a Cutler Hammer protective disconnect integrated into the drive and bypass design Catalog Number Selection Table 5 1 HVX IntelliPass Drive Catalog Numbering System Product Family HVX 010 1481 er EC HVX HVAC Drive Family Horsepower Rating I 001 1 030 30 002 2 040 40 003 3 050 50 005 5 060 60 007 7 1 2 075 75 010 10 100 100 015 15 125 125 020 20 150 150 025 25 Enclosure Rating 1 NEMA Type 1 2 NEMA Type 12 3 NEMA Type 3R Voltage Rating 4 480V 1 IntelliPass 2 IntelliDisconnect Enclosure Style Options Options appear in alphabetical order if no options are included these spaces will be blank Power Options P3 Fused Drive Isolation P6 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation K9 2 Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts PE Output Contactor Enclosure Options SA Space Heater S5 Floor Stand 22 Brake Chopper Options B With Brake Chopper N No Brak
169. ive 8 20 P1 3 9 R03 Content 1 28 28 Run Bypass or Drive 1520 Same as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive 8 21 Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com B 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table B 3 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 3 10 R04 Content 1 28 1 10 Bypass 1522 Same as Digital Output 1 DO1 8 22 Run Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 11 R05 Content 1 28 1 23 Fault 1523 Same as Digital Output 1 DO1 8 22 Reset Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 12 R06 Content 1 28 1 0 Not 1626 With optional relay board only Same 8 22 Used as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 13 R07 Content 1 28 1 0 Not 1633 With optional relay board only Same 8 23 Used as Digital Output 1 DO1 Function except 0 Notused 23 Fault Reset 27 Start delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive P1 3 14 R08 Content 1 28 1 0 Not 1645 With optional
170. ks of DC Bus 0 0c ccc eee eens 5 15 Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 000 eee eee 5 16 Table 5 14 Option Board B5 Terminal Descriptions 0 0c eee eee eee 5 23 Table 6 1 LCD Status Indicators 2 naaa Uh ABG ceded deatess seeing oesee sta ceed 6 2 Table 6 2 LED Status Indicators 0 000 cece eee teens 6 2 Table 6 3 Navigation Buttons 2 00 0 nes 6 3 Table 6 4 Operate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example 6 5 Table 6 5 Total Counters Xa kh oonrreacedeeraenw des edewbe DENGAN 6 17 Table 6 6 Trip Counters ee eee eee ene 6 17 Table 6 7 Software Information 0 0000 ccc eee atiera a eens 6 18 Table 6 8 Application Information 0 000 eee eee eens 6 18 Table 6 9 Hardware Information 0 0000 cece eect eee n eens 6 18 Table 6 10 Slot A Expander Board Information 00 cece cece een eee 6 18 Table 6 11 Monitoring Menu Items 000 cee eee ees 6 21 Table 6 12 Fault Types rsd ind NA a alee ct ee nein nsw eee NA as lene iE 6 23 Table 6 13 Fault Time Data 0 0 ccc eee eee eens 6 24 Table 6 14 Operate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example 6 25 Table 8 1 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output 000 cece eee 8 16 Table 8 2 DO1 Function Settings 0 0 c cece eee eee eens 8 17 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com vii H
171. l mode 26 Hand Control In Hand Control mode 27 Start Delay Relay Starts delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive Running in Bypass or Drive Range 1 28 Default 10 Bypass Run ROY CONTENT Relay output RO4 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information which is the same as RO3 Range 1 28 ROS CONTENT Relay output RO5 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information which is the same as RO3 Range 1 28 ROB CONTENT Relay output RO6 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information which is the same as RO3 This parameter is only available if optional relay board is added to slot D Default 23 Fault Reset Default 0 Not Used 8 22 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E ETN Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 3 13 Relay Output 7 RO7 Content P1 3 14 Relay Output 8 RO8 Content Range 1 28 ROT CONTENT Relay output RO7 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information which is the same as RO3 This parameter is only available if optional relay board is added to slot D Default 0 Not Used Range 1 28 ROB CONTENT Relay output RO8 is activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information which is the same as RO3 This parameter is only available if optional relay
172. l so that the maximum output occurs at the minimum value of the parameter selected in Analog Output 2 A2out Content and the minimum output occurs at the maximum value of the parameter selected in Analog Output 2 A2oyt Content See Figure 8 6 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Range 0 1 Default 1 4 mA Aout FUN Sets the signal minimum to either O MA or 4 mA 0 OmMA minimum 1 4mA minimum 8 26 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 3 32 Analog Output 2 A2out Scale P1 3 33 Analog Output 3 A3out Signal P1 3 34 Analog Output 3 A3out Content P1 3 35 Analog Output 3 A3out Filter Time Range 0 1000 Default 100 Units Percent Aout SCALE See Figures 8 6 and 8 7 and Table 8 6 for scaling information and examples Table 8 6 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Maximum Value of the Signal Signal 100 x fmax 100 x Motor nominal speed 100 x InMotor 100 x TnMotor 100 x PnMotor 100 X Vnmotor 1000 V 100 x ref value max Output Frequency Motor speed Output current Motor torque Motor power Motor voltage DC link voltage Pl ref value PI act value 1 100 x actual value max PI act value 2 100 x actual value max PI error value 100 x error value max PI output 100 x output max See Analog Output Aout Scale
173. late 7 Using a flat blade screwdriver remove the screws securing the endplate for the circuit breaker enclosure and remove the endplate 8 Using a Greenlee conduit cutter recommended cut one hole in the circuit breaker endplate for the power leads Circuit Breaker Endplate 9 Calibrate the circuit breaker amperage so it is four to six times the value on the motor nameplate by turning the yellow set screw located next to the circuit breaker extension bar See the circuit breaker user s manual supplied with the drive 10 Connect the incoming power leads to the circuit breaker terminals L1 L2 and L3 11 Using the torque wrench tighten each terminal to the torque value found in the appropriate user s manual supplied with the drive Incoming Circuit Breaker Power Leads i Terminals Circuit Breaker Set Screw Circuit Breaker Extension Bar TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 5 17 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 5 13 Bypass Power Wiring Instructions TYPE 1 continued 12 13 Use your first and second fingers and simultaneously push down to release the two orange retaining clips one on each side of the 24V DC motor overload terminal block If necessary use a flat blade screwdriver to carefully remove the terminal block in a straight plane to avoid damaging it
174. les to the motor unsuitable motor 2 Overvoltage The DC link voltage has Make the deceleration time exceeded its high limit due to longer too short a deceleration time Use brake chopper and brake high voltage levels or surges resistor standard on some in the utility supply models available as options on others Correct utility supply voltage level is too high Add input impedance to limit surges 3 Ground Earth Fault Current sensing indicates that Check motor and motor cables the sum of motor phase currents is not zero e insulation failure in motor or motor cables 5 Charging Switch The charging switch was open Reset the fault and restart when the START command was Should the fault re occur given due to contact your Cutler Hammer e faulty operation distributor component failure 6 Emergency stop An Emergency stop signal was Determine reason for the received from one of the digital Emergency stop and remedy it inputs 7 Saturation trip defective component Cannot be reset from the motor or motor cable short keypad Switch off power IF THE PROBLEM IS NOT IN THE MOTOR OR ITS CABLES DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER Contact your Cutler Hammer distributor If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check the motor and motor cables 8 System fault e component failure Reset the fault and restart e faulty operation Should the fault re occur Note exceptional fault data contact your Cutler Hammer record s
175. lliPass IntelliDisconnect Dimensions Figure 5 1 a HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A Figure 5 2 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A Figure 5 5 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B Figure 5 3 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B Figure 5 6 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box C Figure 5 4 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box C Figure 5 7 HVX9000 Dimensions FR10 Open Chassis Figure A 16 eee HVX9000 Dimensions FR11 Open Chassis Figure A 18 aaa HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 Figure A 13 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 with Flange Kit Figure ATTA mka pa alee aiee ANDENG Hees he et KA pee 8 ie eal eee NG HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit FR4 FR5 and FR6 Figure A 8 0 eee eee eens HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR7 Figure A 9 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com D 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 List of Figures continued HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR8 Figure A 10 A 11 HVX9000 Dimensions NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 Figure A 12 A 13 H
176. llowing software topics Table 6 7 Software Information Number Content 13 8 3 1 Software package 13 8 3 2 System software version 13 8 3 3 Firmware interface 13 8 3 4 System load APPLICATIONS The Application information page includes information on not only the application currently in use but also all other applications loaded into the HVX9000 The information available is Table 6 8 Application Information Number Content A3 8 4 1 Name of application D3 8 4 1 1 Application ID D3 8 4 1 2 Version D3 8 4 1 3 Firmware interface HARDWARE The Hardware information page provides information on the following hardware related topics Table 6 9 Hardware Information Number Content 13 8 5 1 Power unit type 13 8 5 2 Nominal voltage of the unit E3 8 5 3 Brake chopper E3 8 5 4 Brake resistor E3 8 5 5 Serial number EXPANDER BOARDS This parameter and its sub items provide information about the basic and option boards plugged into the control board Table 6 10 provides an example for slot A Table 6 10 Slot A Expander Board Information Number Content E3 8 6 1 Slot A board identification E3 8 6 1 1 Operating state E3 8 6 1 2 Program version 6 18 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 3 8 7 Debug Menu DEBUG This menu is
177. lls from 100 to 0 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion ERROR INVERSION This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted Range 0 1 Default 0 SLEEP FUNC ENABL 0 Disabled 1 Enabled This parameter sets whether the sleep function is enabled or disabled If the sleep function is enabled the HVX9000 is stopped automatically if its operating frequency falls below the Sleep level defined by Sleep Frequency for a time greater than that determined by Sleep Delay During the Stop state the PID controller is operating The HVX9000 will switch to the Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see Wake Up Action the Wake Up level determined by Wake Up Limit See Figure 8 29 Range Min Frequency Max Default 15 00 Frequency Units Hertz SLEEP FREQUENCY The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the HVX9000 falls below the Sleep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that determined by Sleep Delay During the Stop state the PID controller is operating The HVX9000 will switch to the Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see Wake Up Action the Wake Up Limit See Figure 8 29 Range 0 32 500 Default 30 Units Seconds SLEEP DELAY The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the HVX9000 i
178. load or light load conditions TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 7 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 7 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Chapter 8 Application Information Parameter Menus Parameter Group G1 1 Basic Parameters P1 1 1 Minimum Frequency P1 1 2 Maximum Frequency P1 1 3 Acceleration Time 1 V1 1 4 Accel Time 1 Read Only P1 1 5 Deceleration Time 1 V1 1 6 Decel Time 1 Read Only P1 1 7 Motor Nominal Current Range 0 00 Max Frequency Default 12 00 Units Hertz MIN FREQUENCY Defines the minimum output frequency limit setting Range Min Frequency 320 00 Default 60 00 Units Hertz MAX FREQUENCY Defines the maximum output frequency limit setting Range 0 1 3000 0 Units Seconds ACCEL TIME 1 This defines the time required for the output frequency to change from the minimum frequency to the maximum frequency as set by Minimum Frequency and Maximum Frequency With the use of Acceleration Time 1 and Acceleration Time 2 two different acceleration times can be used for an application The active set can be selected with one of the programmable digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 or DIN6 Note If the PID controller is used Acceleration Time 2 Deceleration Time 2 is automatically
179. lue to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 P1 13 8 Range 0 10000 Default 1666 Energy meter kW Fieldbus Data 73739 FADATADUTASEL Out 8 Select Allows a parameter or monitored value to be viewed from the communication bus No decimal point is available so scaling must be done by the viewing device See Table 8 9 P1 13 9 Range 0 99 Default 99 Siemens FLN FLN ADDRESS Address Selection Sets communications address for Siemens Apogee System P1 13 10 Range 0 99 Default 99 Siemens FLN FLN ADDRESS Address Selection Reads communications address for Siemens Apogee System Read Only This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apogee Network The preceding parameter becomes invisible TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 61 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 8 9 Fieldbus Output Selection Examples Code ID Description V5 1 2 Calculated motor speed V5 2 1590 Motor Nominal Speed V5 3 25 Frequency reference setting V5 4 1 Frequency to the motor V5 5 1780 Measured motor current V5 6 4 Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque V5 7 5 C
180. m 5 22 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 IntelliPass Control Wiring Instructions Use the instructions and diagrams in Chapter 4 Control Wiring for wiring standard option boards A9 and A2 In addition to these two boards the IntelliPass Bypass includes option board B5 which is described in the following section Wiring Option Board B5 e This board is to be mounted in slot C Pe ea ee eee Basic Relay Board B5 ee RO 3 1 22 Drive Run Only RO3 Turns On for Drive Run bu RO 3 2 23 AHA ka Both Relays Turn On in Bypass Operation 28 Bypass lb RO 4 2 E re Max Current Voltage Switching 1 lt 8A 24V DC RO 5 1 Overload lt 0 4A 125V DC Lo RO 5 2 G Reset lt 8A 250V AC Continuously lt 2 Arms Figure 5 14 Option Board B5 Wiring Diagram Table 5 14 Option Board B5 Terminal Descriptions Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 22 RO 3 1 Common Drive Run Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 23 RO 3 2 Normally Open 125V DC 0 4A Min Switching Load 5V 10 mA Continuously lt 2 Arms 25 RO 4 1 Common Bypass Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 26 RO 4 2 Normally Open 125V DC 0 4A 28 RO 5 1 Common Overload Reset Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 29 RO 5 2 Normally Open 250V AC 8A 125V DC
181. matic backup S3 4 Parameter Comparison 3 5 Security S3 5 1 Password t P3 5 2 Parameter Lock P3 5 3 Startup Wizard P3 5 4 Multimonitor Items S3 6 Keypad Settings I P3 6 1 Default Page I P3 6 2 Default Page Operating Menu P3 6 3 Timeout Time t P3 6 4 Contrast P3 6 5 Backlight Time S3 7 Hardware Settings P3 7 1 Internal Brake Resistor t P3 7 2 Fan Control t P3 7 3 HMI Acknowledge Timeout c P3 7 4 HMI Number of Retries 3 8 System Information S3 8 1 Total Counters C3 8 1 1 MWh Counter m C3 8 1 2 Power On Day Counter C3 8 1 3 Power On Hour Counter S3 8 2 Trip Counters t T3 8 2 1 MWh Counter t T3 8 2 2 Clear MWh Trip Counter t T3 8 2 3 Power On Day Counter T3 8 2 4 Power On Hour Counter T3 8 2 5 Clear Operating Time Counter S3 8 3 Software Information I 13 8 3 1 Software Package 13 8 3 2 System Software Version 13 8 3 3 Firmware Interface 3 8 3 4 System load S3 8 4 Applications i A3 8 4 Name of Application m D3 8 4 1 Application ID t D3 8 4 2 Version D3 8 4 3 Firmware Interface S3 8 5 Hardware 13 8 5 1 Unit Power t 13 8 5 2 Unit Voltage m 13 8 5 3 Brake Chopper 13 8 5 4 Brake Resistor S3 8 6 Expander Boards 3 8 7 Debug Menu S3 9 Power Monitor I V3 9 1 IU Filtered V3 9 2 IV Filtered V3 9 3 IW Filtered
182. may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock e Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand when checking components e Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs e Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance e Be sure equipment is properly grounded e Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Warnings Cautions and Notices Read this manual thoroughly and make sure you understand the procedures before you attempt to install set up or operate this Cutler Hammer HVX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive from Eaton s electrical business Warnings A WARNING Be sure to ground the unit following the instructions in this manual Ungrounded units may cause electric shock and or fire A WARNING This equipment should be installed adjusted and serviced by qualified electrical maintenance personnel familiar with the construction and operation of this type of equipment and the hazards involved Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Components within the HVX9000 power unit are live when the drive is connected to power Contact with this voltage is extre
183. me Limit Range 5 0 150 0 Default 10 0 Units Percent UP FO TOROU This parameter is based on a percentage of the nominal nameplate motor torque TnMotor and sets the value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 21 If you change the value of Motor Nominal Current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Range 2 00 600 00 Default 20 00 Units Seconds UP TIME LIMIT This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to Underload Protection If the HVX9000 is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 22 Underload A Time Counter Trip area P1 7 21 N Trip Warning P1 7 18 Time gt f Underload No Underload P1 7 22 Thermistor Fault Response P1 7 23 Communications Fault Response Figure 8 22 Underload Time Counter Function Range 0 3 Default 0 No Response THERIUSTORF RESP A high temperature has been detected by an option board connected thermistor 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Range 0 3 Default 2 Fault COMM FAULT RESP The response mode for a communication fault is set with this parameter if a communication board is bein
184. meant for advanced users and application designers Contact factory for any assistance needed Power Monitor S3 9 Monitors IU IV and IW output phase currents 3 9 1 IU Filtered IU FILTERED Monitors U phase output current 3 9 2 IV Filtered oy FILTERED Monitors V phase output current 3 9 2 IW Filtered li FILTERED iw ILI Monitors W phase output current Power Multimonitor 83 11 Monitors all three phases of current on the same display Expander Board Menu M4 The Expander Board Menu makes it possible for the user to e to see what expander boards are connected to the control board and e to reach and edit the parameters associated with the expander board HO 464 1 A OPTA9 Slot A Option Board G4 1 1 Parameters P4 1 1 1 Board Parameter 1 7 han Board Parameter 2 P4 1 1 3 Board Parameter 3 G4 1 2 O Monitor G4 2 B Slot B Option Board G4 3 C Slot C Option Board 4644 D Slot D Option Board 464 5 E Slot E Option Board Figure 6 9 Expander Board Menu Structure TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 19 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Example of Expander Board Parameters for Option Board A9 P4 1 1 1 Range 1 5 Default 3 Al1 Mode AN MODE Analog Input 1 input options 0 20 mA 4 20mA 0 10V 2 10V 10 10V
185. mely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Line terminals L1 L2 L3 motor terminals U V W and the DC link brake resistor terminals are live when the drive is connected to power even if the motor is not running Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING Even though the control I O terminals are isolated from line voltage the relay outputs and other O terminals may have dangerous voltage present even when the drive is disconnected from power Contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury A WARNING The HVX9000 drive has a large capacitive leakage current during operation which can cause enclosure parts to be above ground potential Proper grounding as described in this manual is required Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury A WARNING Before applying power to the HVX9000 drive make sure that the front and cable covers are closed and fastened to prevent exposure to potential electrical fault conditions Failure to observe this precaution could result in death or severe injury August 2006 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 A WARNING An upstream disconnect protective device must be provided as required by the National Electric Code NEC
186. mer HVX9000 Drives TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 ii For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Ss Table of Contents LIST OF FIGURES FOR LISTING BY TOPIC SEE APPENDIX D iv LIST OF TABLES FOR LISTING BY TOPIC SEE APPENDIX D vii SAFETY Definitions and Symbols 000 cece tenet ene ix Hazardous HIgh Voltage ess x ga BER NA egal eke Omen wee RENT ne oa cae eee ix Warnings Cautions and Notices 0 ccc eee eee eens x CHAPTER 1 OVERVIEW How to Use This Manual msde cee eee 1 1 Receiving and Inspection 0 0000 1 1 Catalog Numbering SysteM 00 c cece eee eee 1 2 CHAPTER 2 MOUNTING Space RequirementS 0 0 ccc eee enn teen eens 2 1 Environmental Requirements 0 0000 eee ee ete 2 2 Standard Mounting Instructions 00 c eee eens 2 2 CHAPTER 3 POWER WIRING Guidelines ois ea Soc Recetas fale weed SEEN hea eee See cee ees KAG 3 1 UL Compatible Cable Selection and Installation 000 cece eee eee 3 2 Installation Instructions eee 3 4 Standard Wiring Diagrams and Terminal Locations 0000000eeeees 3 7 Power and Motor Wiring Terminal Photos 0000 eee eee eee eee 3 10 Checki
187. meter Group G1 12 Preset Speeds 0 00 cece eee eens B 14 Table B 13 Parameter Group G1 13 Communication Bus 0000 eee rnanan B 15 Table B 14 Monitoring Menu Items 00000 ee B 16 Table C 1 Fault CoOd6S aaa ete cea AG Cea ea ee NPA ee NAB ae eee C 1 viii For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Et Safety Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage lt calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operating this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words WARNING or CAUTION as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the equipment The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important safety measures are described in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there
188. meter to 1 causes the maximum set output to occur with the minimum reference input and the minimum set output to occur with the maximum reference input 0 No inversion 1 AI3 signal inverted P1 2 27 Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 10 Al3 Filter Time Units Seconds AZ FILTER TIME When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 it activates the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog input 3 signal A long filtering time makes the signal change slower See Figure 8 3 P1 2 28 Range AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 Default AnIN 0 1 Al4 Signal A14 SIGNAL SEL Selection Connect the Al4 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter P1 2 29 Range 0 1 Default 1 4 20 mA 20 100 Al4 Signal Range 7 14 SIGNAL RANGE This parameter sets the signal range of analog input 4 0 Signal range 0 20 mA O 100 1 Signal range 4 20 mA 20 100 P1 2 30 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion A14 Signal Inversion 14 SIGNAL IN Setting this parameter to 1 causes the maximum set output to occur with the minimum reference input and the minimum set output to occur with the maximum reference input P1 2 31 Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 10 A14 Filter Time Units Seconds ALY FILTER TIME When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 it activates the function that filters out disturbances from the analog input 4 signal A long filtering time makes the signal change slower See Figure 8 3 TD04008003E For more information visit
189. mmed for Run Enable Interlock for 3 wire control P1 1 18 Range 0 7 Default 0 Reference Source REF SOURCE AUTO Auto This parameter determines the frequency reference input source when operating in the Auto mode Analog Input Al1 Analog Input Al2 Analog Input Al3 Analog Input Al4 Not operational at this time Keypad Communication Bus Motor potentiometer PID Controller When selected PID Reference and Actual Value must be programmed in PID Control group P1 1 19 Range 0 0 100 0 Default 30 0 PM Setback Units Percent Percentage Pf SETBACK PLT This parameter determines the frequency reference for PM setback operation when DIN2 DIN4 DIN5 or DIN6 are set to control PM Setback and closed P1 1 20 Range 0 0 100 0 Default 60 0 Smoke Units Percent Purge SMOKE PURGE Speed setting for Smoke Purge NOOR WN O TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Parameter Group G71 2 Input Signals P1 2 1 DIN1 Function P1 2 2 Interlock Timeout P1 2 3 Delay Time Range 0 3 Default 0 Start DINI FUNCTION This parameter determines the function of digital input DIN1 0 Start standard start 1 Interlocked Start To use this a relay output RO1 RO8 needs to be programmed for selections 27 Open Damper and a digital input DIN2 to DIN6 must be programmed for selection 3 RunEn INTLK The relay outpu
190. mmer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Sea Chapter 7 Start Up Safety Precautions Before start up observe the following warnings and safety instructions A WARNING 1 Internal components and circuit boards except the isolated I O terminals are at utility potential when the HVX9000 is connected to the line This voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury if you come in contact with it 2 When the HVX9000 is connected to the utility the motor connections U T1 V T2 W T3 and DC link brake resistor connections B B and R are live even if the motor is not running 3 Do not make any connections when the HVX9000 drive is connected to the utility line 4 Do not open the cover of the HVX9000 immediately after disconnecting power to the unit because components within the drive remain at a dangerous voltage potential for some time Wait until at least five minutes after the cooling fan has stopped and the keypad or cover indicators are dark before opening the HVX9000 cover 5 The control I O terminals are isolated from the utility potential but relay outputs and other I Os may have dangerous external voltages connected even if power is disconnected from the HVX9000 6 Before connecting to the utility make sure that the cover of the HVX9000 is closed TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 7 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer A
191. n 2 Memory reset at power down P1 2 21 Range 0 2 Default 0 No Reset _ Motor MOTORPOTMENPIDREF Potentiometer This parameter sets whether the memory of the motor potentiometer when Memory Reset PID used as a PID reference is maintained or reset at stop or power down Reference O Noreset 1 Memory reset at stop and power down 2 Memory reset at power down TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 11 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 22 Reference Scale Minimum P1 2 23 Reference Scale Maximum August 2006 Range 0 00 Ref Scale Max Default 60 00 Units Hertz REF SCALE MN This parameter allows the scaling of the minimum frequency reference from its preset value to a value less than that set by the Reference Scale Maximum parameter If no scaling is desired set this parameter to 0 An example is shown in Figure 8 4 Voltage input Al1 with a signal range of 0 10V is selected for the Place B reference and its minimum and maximum output values are scaled from their preset values by using the Reference Scale Minimum and Reference Scale Maximum parameters Range Ref Scale Min 320 00 Default 60 00 Units Hertz REF SCALE MAX This parameter allows the scaling of the maximum frequency reference from its preset value to a value greater than that set by the Reference Scale Minimum parameter If no scaling is desired set this parameter to 0 An example is shown in Fig
192. n of the equipment read the safety guidelines at the beginning of this manual and follow the procedures outlined in the following chapters before connecting power to the HVX9000 drive Keep this operating manual handy and distribute to all users technicians and maintenance personnel for reference Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 2 Mounting Chapter 3 Power Wiring Chapter 4 Control Wiring Chapter 5 IntelliPass Bypass Option Chapter 6 Menu Information Chapter 7 Start Up Chapter 8 Application Information Appendix A Technical Data Appendix B Parameter Tables Appendix C Fault and Warning Codes Receiving and Inspection The HVX9000 AC drive has met a stringent series of factory quality requirements before shipment It is possible that packaging or equipment damage may have occurred during shipment After receiving your HVX9000 drive please check for the following e Check to make sure that the package s includes the HVX9000 drive the User Manual rubber conduit covers screws conduit plate and ground straps e Inspect the unit to ensure it was not damaged during shipment e Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the Catalog Number on your order If shipping damage has occurred please contact and file a claim with the carrier involved immediately If the delivery does not correspond to your order please contact your Eaton representative Note Do not destroy the packing The templ
193. ng the Trial Time 0 No automatic restart after a motor temperature fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level Range 0 10 Default 0 EXTFAULT TRIES This parameter determines how many automatic restarts are allowed during the Trial Time 0 No automatic restart after external fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after an external fault trip TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 47 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Parameter Group G1 9 Fire Mode PID Fire Mode or Smoke Purge Fire Mode is used to start motor and continue to operate due to emergency conditions Faults will be changed to warnings to prevent shutdown The overload should be selected to AUTO to prevent overload trip during Fire Mode operation This is only required if unit is an IntelliPass which uses an electronic overload with contactor to run motor If set to AUTO on the overload the overload fault will be ignored and motor will continue to run P1 9 1 Fire Mode Function Range 0 1 Default 0 Closed Contact FIREFIODEFUNCTION This parameter determines whether the fire mode function is determined by a contact closure or contact opening on digital input 0 Closing contact initiates fire mode function 1 Opening contact initiates fire mode function P1 9 2 Range 0 1 Default 0 Fire Mode EAREFSELFUNCTION Re
194. ng P1 7 15 Stall Current 0 01 Motor 0 1A Motor 710 Stall current 8 43 Nominal Current Nominal x2 Current x 1 3 P1 7 16 Stall Time Lim 1 00 120 00 0 01s 15 00 711 Maximum stall time 8 43 P1 7 17 Stall Freq Lim 1 00 Maximum 0 01 Hz 25 00 712 Maximum stall frequency 8 43 Frequency Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 10 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 7 Parameter Group G1 7 Protections continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 7 18 Underload Protec 0 3 1 0 No 713 0 Noresponse 8 44 Response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 19 UP fnom Torque 10 0 150 0 0 1 50 0 714 Minimum torque setting as 8 44 percentage of the nominal motor nameplate torque at Motor Nominal Frequency P1 7 20 UP f0 Torque 5 0 150 0 0 1 10 0 715 Minimum torque setting as 8 45 percentage of the nominal motor nameplate torque at f0 P1 7 21 UP Time Limit 2 00 600 00 0 01s 20 00 716 Maximum time allowed for 8 45 underload P1 7 22 ThermistorF Resp 0 3 1 0 No 732 0 No response 8 45 Response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop as set by Stop Mode 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 23 Comm Fault Resp 0 3 1 2 Fault 733 0 No response 8 45 1 Warn
195. ng of the maximum level of analog input 2 as a percentage of 20 mA See also Al1 Custom Maximum 8 10 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 2 17 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion Al2 Signal Inversion Al2 SIGNAL INL Setting this parameter to 1 causes the maximum set output to occur with the minimum reference input and the minimum set output to occur with the maximum reference input See also Al1 Signal Inversion 0 No Inversion 1 Al2 signal inverted P1 2 18 Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 10 A12 Filter Time Units Seconds Ale FILTER TIME This parameter given a value greater than O activates the function that filters out disturbances from the analog input 2 lin signal A long filtering time makes the signal change slower See Figure 8 3 Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 gt tIs Figure 8 3 Al2 Signal Filtering P1 2 19 Range 0 1 2000 0 Default 10 0 Motor Units Seconds Potentiometer MOTORPOT RAMP TIN Ramp Time Defines the rate of change of the reference from the motor potentiometer P1 2 20 Range 0 2 Default 1 _ Motor AOTORPOTMENFREQREF Potentiometer This parameter sets whether the memory of the motor potentiometer when Memory Reset used as a frequency reference is maintained or reset at stop or power down Frequency 4 No reset Reference 1 Memory reset at stop and power dow
196. ng point for actual value 2 0 is equivalent to no minimum scaling See Figure 8 25 P1 11 14 Range 0 0 1000 0 Default 10 0 PID Control Gain Units Percent PID LONTR GAIN This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 100 a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as an ID controller See examples 1 2 and 3 below P1 11 15 Range 0 0 1000 0 Default 10 0 PID Control Gain Units Percent Read Only Pip CONTR GAIN READ ONL P1 11 16 Range 0 00 320 00 Default 10 00 PID Control Units Seconds Integral Time P10 CONTR TIME This parameter defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as a PD controller See examples 1 2 and 3 below P1 11 17 Range 0 00 320 00 Default 10 00 PID Control Units Seconds Integral Time PI0 CONTR TIME READ ONLY Read Only This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apogee Network The preceding parameter becomes invisible TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 53 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N
197. ng the Cable and Motor Insulation 0 a 3 16 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL WIRING General Information esses s 0 000 c eee eee E E O E 4 1 Control Wiring Details 0 0 c cee eee eee nee 4 3 CHAPTER 5 INTELLIPASS BYPASS OPTION Product Description eee eee 5 1 Catalog Number Selection 00 ccc eee eee eee 5 1 DIMENSIONS 2 26 0 BN cece ca ee ee DANG oe ee eRe ee eae ewe eee 5 2 POWer Winingecie enceinte sees AA AA Ree ce oe ERs 5 9 IntelliPass Control Wiring Instructions 0 0000 cee eee eens 5 23 CHAPTER 6 MENU INFORMATION Keypad Operation Kaka Seeaeeeaiees ness laa eae eal ides RaR 6 1 Start Up Wizard ia maala betes a ap eect ws Beko we Bear dee Da Raat Danes Sed ek thay arene eee 6 4 Menu Navigation 0 0000 eee eee 6 7 CHAPTER 7 START UP Safety PrECAUTIOM Ss rese crte NKAKAPAG 7 1 Sequence of Operation 1 0 000 eee teen eee eens 7 2 CHA PTER 8 APPLICATION INFORMATION Parameter Menus 20 26 maang ANA ecco BANG ekerin na eed ae BAS mh meee kee 8 1 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL DATA OPEC CION 2 325 Xx aka ta ae Ga P aka KNANG Sea VRE OG RG eed NAG ae ARA A 1 Power Rating 4 02 akan cii Geena ee ee RE eae Re ee eda vee eta eee A 3 Power Loss and Switching Frequency cence eee eens A 4 DIMENSIONS 2 ef 22 ees ANY ce erent a Pelee eee eee peed Ce ee ee oe A 8 EMC Capability a tank BAN cheek PP Ge hk eed ie a eer ee A 20 Declaration of Conformity 00 000 c cc eee eens A 20 Wa
198. ns Table 5 2 5 2 Operate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example Table 6 14 6 25 Operate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example Table 6 4 6 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions Table 4 4 0 eee 4 6 Option Board A9 Terminal Descriptions Table 4 3 cee eee 4 4 Option Board B5 Terminal Descriptions Table 5 14 eee eee 5 23 Parameter Group G1 1 Basic Table B 1 c cece eee eee eee eens B 1 Parameter Group G1 10 IntelliPass Parameters Table B 10 B 12 Parameter Group G1 11 PID Control Table B 11 0 00 cc eee eee eens B 13 Parameter Group G1 12 Preset Speeds Table B 12 0 0 00 cece eee eens B 14 Parameter Group G1 13 Communication Bus Table B 13 aaa a B 15 Parameter Group G1 2 Input Signals Table B 2 0 B 2 Parameter Group G1 3 Output Signals Table B 3 0 0 0 0 cece ee ees B 5 Parameter Group G1 4 Drive Control Table B 4 ccc eee eee ees B 8 Parameter Group G1 5 Skip Frequencies Table B 5 00 0c eee eee eae B 9 Parameter Group G1 6 Motor Control Table B 6 0 000 anann B 9 Parameter Group G1 7 Protections Table B 7 e cece eee eee eens B 10 Parameter Group G1 8 Auto Restart Parameters Table B 8 B 11 Parameter Group G1 9 Fire Mode Table B 9 0c
199. ntage of the nominal nameplate torque of the motor The motor s nameplate data the Motor Nominal Current and the HVX9000 drive s nominal nameplate current rating are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than a standard motor of the same rating as the HVX9000 is used the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases P1 7 18 Range 0 3 Default 0 No Response Underload UNDERLOAD PROTEC Protection 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time counter P1 7 19 Range 10 0 150 0 Default 50 0 Underload Units Percent Protection from YP Fyon TORQUE Torque This parameter is based on a percentage of the nominal nameplate motor torque TnMotor and sets the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 8 21 If you change the Motor Nominal Current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Torque P1 7 19 P1 7 20 Underload Area 5 Hz Field Weakening f Point P1 6 4 Figure 8 21 Minimum Load Setting 8 44 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 7 20 Underload Protection f0 Torque P1 7 21 Underload Protection Ti
200. nued Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia 1 Dia 2 Dia 3 FR10 23 70 17 44 19 02 47 11 22 17 60 20 08 83 1 89 43 602 443 483 12 285 447 510 21 48 11 A 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 pa H3 gt H5 gt la H4 gt gt S lt w f J il T7 Cd iii ll Je W2 KR W5 Pe al J L O s a i tee 5 a z e e Y 2 tl as HG W4 lt H2 gt lax H1 lasi 6 lll a 00D o2 Y o ll IR N o o ala sa ais yy Figure A 16 HVX9000 Dimensions FR10 Open Chassis Table A 16 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Open Chassis Frame Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Size Voltage hp Ip w1 W3 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 FR10 480V 300 400 19 7 16 7 1 2 2 6 12 8 45 9 44 1 34 6 500 425 30 67 325 1165 1121 879 Table A 16 Dimensions for HVX9000 FR10 Open Chassis continued
201. o 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 575V All hp 1 to 6 kHz default 1 5 kHz Analog Input Resolution 0 196 10 bit accuracy 196 Panel Reference Resolution 0 01 Hz Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz Acceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Deceleration Time 0 1 to 3000 sec Braking Torque DC brake 15 to 150 x Ta without brake option Environment Ambient Operating Temperature 14 F 10 C no frost to 104 F 40 C Suitable for installation in a compartment handling conditioned air Storage Temperature 40 F 40 C to 158 F 70 C Relative Humidity 0 to 95 RH noncondensing non corrosive no dripping water Air Quality Altitude Chemical vapors IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation class 3C2 Mechanical particles IEC 60721 3 3 unit in operation class 3S2 100 load capacity no derating up to 3300 ft 1000m 1 derating for each 330 ft 100m above 3300 ft 1000m max 10000 ft 3000m TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table A 1 HVX9000 Drive Specifications continued Description Specification Environment continued Vibration EN 50178 EN 60068 2 6 5 to 50 Hz displacement amplitude 1 mm peak at 3 to 15 8 Hz Max acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15 8 to 150 Hz Shock EN 50178 EN 60068 2 27 UPS Drop test for ap
202. of manufacturing Products that fail during this period will be repaired or replaced at Eaton s discretion with the same or a functionally equivalent product provided the original purchaser A returns the failed product and B provides proof of original date of purchase This warranty does not apply in the judgment of Eaton to damage caused during shipment handling storage or accidental misuse The original purchaser of the product must obtain a Cutler Hammer Return Material Authorization RMA number prior to returning any defective product When purchased through an Authorized Distributor the Distributor should supply an RMA number to their customer The maximum liability of this warranty is limited to the purchase price of the product In no event regardless of cause shall Eaton Electrical Inc be liable a for penalties or penalty clauses of any description or b for certification not otherwise specifically provided herein and or indemnification of purchaser or others for costs damages or expenses each arising out of or related to the product or services of any order or c for any damages resulting from loss of profits use of products or for any incidental indirect or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com A 21 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 For more information visit www Ea
203. or Fire MlodeFreqRef2 is selected as a Preset Speed O ON OW A Frequency to Start Output DC Braking During Frequency Ramp Stop P1 4 10 DIN2 RUN RUN STOP STOP lon Figure 8 1 DC Braking Command For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 2 6 DIN4 Function Range 0 15 Default 4 Accel decel time sel GING FUNCTION This parameter determines the function of digital input DIN4 If DIN4 is not being used set this parameter to 0 0 1 2 3 13 14 15 Enable Bypass External fault contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped External fault contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped Run enable External interlock Contact open HVX9000 start disabled Contact closed HVX9000 start enabled Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Hand Auto Select contact closed Auto control selected PID Control contact closed PID control selected Motor potentiometer down contact closed Motor potentiometer down selected Reverse PM Setback Fault reset contact closed All faults reset Speed Select 2 DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 1
204. or ease of access the option board terminal blocks can be unplugged for wiring Control Wiring Details Wiring Option Board A9 Basic I O Board A9 10Vref M a 0 to 10V DC Factory Default 4 to 20 mA Factory Default 0 4 20 mA RL lt 5002 0 to 20 mA QO Factory Default V lt 48V Terminal 6 or 12 can supply 150 mA Add 5002 for 0 to 10V DC signal Signal can be converted to a voltage 0 10 by adding jumper see Figure 4 3 1 lt 50 mA Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals Figure 4 2 Option Board A9 Wiring Diagram TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 4 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Table 4 3 Option Board A9 Terminal Descriptions Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 1 10 V ef Reference voltage Maximum current 10 mA Al1 Analog input voltage Default O 10V R 200 kQ 10V to 10V joystick control GND Analog input common 0 20 mA R 250 9 Select V or mA with jumper block X1 Figure 4 3 Differential input if not connected to ground allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND Al2 Analog input Default 0 20 mA R 250 Q a 0 410V R 200 kQ 10V to 10V GND Al2 Analog input common joystick control Select V or mA with jumper
205. ormation The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of the motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters Stall Protection and Stall Current Limit If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true There is actually no direct physical indication of the shaft rotation Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection 8 42 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 7 14 Range 0 3 Default 1 Warning Stall Protection 57411 PROTECTION 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to Stop Mode 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to O will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter P1 7 15 Range 0 01 Motor Nominal Current Default Motor Nominal Current x 1 3 Stall Current Limit x2 Units Amperes STALL CURRENT The current can be set between 0 01 and Inmotor X2 For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 20 The software does not allow entering a greater value than InMotor X2 If Motor Nominal Current is changed this parameter is automatically restored to the
206. plicable UPS weights Storage and shipping max 15 G 11 ms in package Enclosure Class NEMA 1 IP21 standard 250 hp and below Open chassis standard 300 hp and above Standards EMC at default settings Immunity Fulfils all EMC immunity requirements Emissions EN 61800 3 Safety UL 508C Product IEC 61800 2 Control Connections Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V R 2009 differential 10 to 10V joystick control Resolution 0 1 accuracy 1 Analog Input Current 0 4 to 20 mA Ri 2509 differential Digital Inputs 6 Auxiliary Voltage Positive or negative logic 18 to 24V DC 24V 15 max 250 mA Output Reference Voltage 10V 3 max load 10 mA Analog Output 0 4 to 20 mA R max 5009 Resolution 10 bit Accuracy 2 or 0 to 10V R 1 kQ select with jumper Digital Outputs Open collector output 50 mA 48V Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs Switching capacity 24V DC 8A 250V AC 8A 125V DC 0 4A Minimum switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous capacity lt 2 Arms Protections Overcurrent Protection Yes Undervoltage Protection Yes Ground Earth Fault Input Phase Supervision In case of a ground fault in motor or motor cables only the HVX9000 is protected Trips if any of the input phases are missing Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are missing 24V and
207. r Group G1 1 Basic continued Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 1 18 Ref Source Auto 0 7 1 0 202 Speed reference source for Hand 8 3 operation 0 Analog input Al1 1 Analog input Al2 2 Analog input Al3 3 Analog input Al4 4 Keypad 5 Communication Bus 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID Controller P1 1 19 PM Setback Pct 0 0 100 0 0 1 30 0 1640 Frequency setting for PM setback 8 3 operation P1 1 20 Smoke Purge 0 0 100 0 0 1 60 0 1641 Speed setting for smoke range 8 3 Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters Table B 2 Parameter Group G1 2 Input Signals Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 2 1 DIN1 Function 0 3 1 0 Start 1535 0 Start standard start 8 4 1 Interlocked Start 2 Interlock Time Start 3 Delay Start P1 2 2 Intlk Timeout 1 32 500 1s 5s 1561 Used when DIN1 function 2 8 4 P1 2 3 Delay Time 1 32 500 1s 5s 1580 Used when DIN1 function 3 8 4 P1 2 4 DIN2 Function 0 15 1 1 Ext fault 1700 0 Enable Bypass 8 5 close 1 Ext Fault Close 2 Bypass Overload Fault 3 Run enable External interlock 4 Accel decel time selection 5 Hand Auto Select 6 PID Control 7 Motor potentiometer down 8 PID Reference 2 Select 9 PM Setback 10 Fault reset 11 Accel decel prohibited 12 HOA On Off 13 Speed Select 3 14 Fire Mode 15 Fire Mode Reference Select 1 2 P1 2 5 DIN3 Function 0 15 1 10 Fault 301 0 Enable Bypass 8 6 Reset 1 External fault contact closed 2 Ext
208. r Wiring Terminals 0200 cece eee 3 13 Figure 3 12 FR8 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals cece eee 3 14 Figure 3 13 FR9 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 2 2 cece eee ee eee 3 15 Figure 4 1 Option Board Slots 0 cece tent eee eens 4 1 Figure 4 2 Option Board A9 Wiring Diagram 0c cee eee 4 3 Figure 4 3 Option Board A9 Jumper Location and Settings Slot A 4 5 Figure 4 4 Option Board A2 Wiring Diagram Slot B ccc eee eee 4 5 Figure 4 5 Option Board A2 Terminal Locations 0000 e eee tee eee 4 6 Figure 4 6 Positive Negative Logic 00 0 c eee eee 4 6 Figure 5 1 HVX IntelliPass IntelliDisconnect Dimensions 5 2 Figure 5 2 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A 0000 cece neeee 5 3 Figure 5 3 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B 5 4 Figure 5 4 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions BoxC 000 cee eens 5 5 Figure 5 5 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box A 0000 eee eeeeee 5 6 Figure 5 6 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions Box B 5 7 Figure 5 7 HVX Series Enclosed Drive Dimensions BoxC 00 cee ee eeee 5 8 Figure 5 8 Identification of TYPE 3R Components 00 0c cece eee eee neee 5 9 Figure 5 9 Tools Required 2 cccc0c8ess eee needa vate ee eee eee ee ee ee 5 9 Figure 5 10 Schematic for Static Checks
209. r stacked vertically as outlined in the following section Space Requirements To ensure proper air circulation and cooling follow the guidelines below Table 2 1 Space Requirements for Mounting an HVX9000 Drive Approximate Dimensions in Inches mm Drive Type Variable Torque Rating A A3 B C D 230V 1 3 hp 0 8 20 0 8 20 3 9 100 2 0 50 480V 1 1 2 7 1 2 hp 230V 5 10 hp 0 8 20 0 8 20 4 7 120 2 4 60 480V 10 20 hp 230V 15 20 hp 1 2 30 0 8 20 6 3 160 3 1 80 480V 25 40 hp 575V 3 30 hp 230V 25 30 hp 3 1 80 3 1 80 11 8 300 3 9 100 480V 50 75 hp 575V 40 50 hp 480V 100 150 hp 3 1 80 5 9 150 3 1 80 11 8 300 7 9 200 575V 60 100 hp 480V 200 250 hp 2 0 50 3 1 80 15 7 400 9 8 250 575V 125 200 hp 13 8 350 Dimensions represent the minimum clearance needed when mounting a drive See Figure 2 1 below A clearance around the HVX9000 A5 clearance needed to change the fan without disconnecting the motor cables B distance between adjacent HVX9000s or between the HVX9000 and an enclosure wall C clearance above the HVX9000 D clearance below the HVX9000 Minimum clearance below the HVX9000 needed to change the fan ma Sa lt B gt lt B gt A lt Ay a A A 7 a LADO Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements If several units
210. r which the next parameter in the list will be displayed After the last setup parameter is presented the following text is displayed Repeat setup lt No and Yes If the right arrow is pressed the Start Up Wizard restarts If the left arrow is pressed the following is displayed Setup done Press enter After this the display returns to the default page normally the Operate Menu 6 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 One Touch Operate Menu Navigation Note paa Up and Down arrows are defaulted to Freq Ref Up frequency reference Some applications also support other references like Torque or PID The active reference is Monitor Display Monitor Display selected with a parameter Navigation Left Navigation Right y Y Freq Ref Down Y Display will automatically Password gt Programming Menu return to default Operate Exit Operate Menu by navigating M1 Parameters se Heal dol Doley to Programming display and M2 Keypad Control is ble i a programmable in pressing ENTER button or simply M3 System Menu P3 6 3 Timeout time press ENTER button 2 seconds Acknowledgement password M4 Expander Boa
211. ration Time 1 and Acceleration Time 2 two different acceleration times can be used for an application The active set can be selected with one of the programmable digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 or DING DIN2 Function DIN3 Function DIN4 Function DIN5 Function and DING Function Note If the PID controller is used the acceleration deceleration time set 2 is automatically selected as the active set P1 4 4 Range 0 1 3000 0 Default 10 0 Deceleration Time 2 Units Seconds DECEL TIME 2 Time required for output frequency to change from the maximum frequency to the minimum frequency set by Minimum Frequency and Maximum Frequency With the use of Deceleration Time 1 and Deceleration Time 2 two different deceleration times can be used for an application The active set can be selected with one of the programmable digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 or DING DIN2 Function DIN3 Function DIN4 Function DIN5 Function and DING Function Note If the PID controller is used the acceleration deceleration time set 2 is automatically selected as the active set TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 29 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 4 5 Brake Chopper P1 4 6 Start Mode P1 4 7 Stop Mode P1 4 8 DC Brake Current August 2006 Range 0 3 Default 0 Not Used BRAKE CHOPPER When the HVX9000 is decelerating the motor the energy stored in the inertia of the motor and the loa
212. rature of the HVX9000 s heatsink at power on 8 40 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 7 11 Range 0 0 150 0 Default 40 0 Motor Thermal Units Percent Protection Zero ATP FO CURRENT Speed This parameter sets the value of the current allowed at zero frequency It can be set between O 150 0 of the cooling available at the nominal motor nameplate frequency Motor Nominal Frequency See Figure 8 18 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90 or even higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor nameplate data Motor Nominal Current not the drive s nominal output current The motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If you change the Motor Nominal Current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the HVX9000 which is determined by Current Limit alone Pcooling Overload Area 10096 IT P1 7 10 40 T gt 0 fn f Figure 8 18 Motor Cooling Power TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 41 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 P1 7 12 Range
213. rce P1 1 15 Start Source Hand August 2006 Range 180 690 Units Volts MOTOR NGA VOLTE This is the motor nameplate base voltage This parameter sets the voltage at the Field Weakening Point to 100 x Vp Default 230 or 460 Drive Rating Range 30 00 320 00 Units Hertz NOTOR NGA FREQ This is the motor nameplate base frequency This parameter sets the Field Weakening Point to the same value Default 60 00 Range 300 20 000 Units rpm NOTOR NGA SPEED This is the motor nameplate base speed Nn which is used for displays using motor speed Default 1760 Range 0 30 1 00 MOTORPGUERFACTOR This is the motor nameplate full load power factor from the motor rating nameplate Default 0 85 Range 0 1 x IL 2 5 x InHvx Default InHVX Units Amperes CURRENT LIMIT This parameter determines the maximum motor current allowed from the HVX9000 The parameter value range differs from size to size and is based on the HVX9000 nameplate full load current Range 0 1 x IL 2 5 x InHvx Default InHvx Units Amperes CURRENT LIMIT READ ONLY Range 0 2 Default 0 HOA CONTROL SRE This parameter determines whether the HOA function is controlled from the keypad or terminal block 0 Control from keypad 1 Control from I O terminals 2 Control from communication bus Digital inputs need to be programmed for HAND AUTO and or OFF control along with FB Fixed Control Word bits 4 7 corresponding to FB DIN3 FB DING
214. rds value if defined M5 Monitor M6 Operate Mode enter 43 r time 9 Figure 6 2 Operate Menu Navigation The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu items Some applications also support the setting of reference values in this menu The items displayed vary by application Table 6 4 is an example for the Standard application Table 6 4 Operate Menu Items IntelliPass Application Example Code Signal Name Unit Description 0 1 Motor Speed rpm Calculated motor speed 0 2 Motor Nomspeed Motor nominal speed 0 3 Freq Reference Hz Frequency Reference 0 4 Output Frequency Hz Output Frequency 0 5 Motor Current A Measured Motor Current 0 6 Motor Torque Calculated torque based on nominal motor torque 0 7 Motor Power Calculated motor power 0 8 DC Bus Voltage V Measured DC Bus Voltage 0 9 Unit Temperature C Heatsink temperature 0 10 Calc MotorTemp Calculated motor temperature based on the motor nameplate information and the calculated motor load 0 11 Analog Input 1 V Voltage input at Terminals Al1 and GND The menu is navigated by using the left and right arrow buttons If a reference level is available for setting the up and down arrow buttons adjust the value To exit the Operate Menu to access the other menus depress the ENTER button for 2 seconds While in the other menus if there is no keypad activity the display will return to the Operate Menu after 60 seconds Programmable per P3 6 3 Timeou
215. rranty and Liability Information 0 000 cee eens A 21 APPENDIX B PARAMETER TABLES 00 cc eee eee eee eee eens B 1 APPENDIX C FAULT AND WARNING CODES 00 0 cece ene ene C 1 APPENDIX D FIGURES AND TABLES BY TOPICS 0 000 e eee ene D 1 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com ili HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 List of Figures For Listing by Topic see Appendix D Figure 2 1 Mounting Space Requirements 000 e eee eee eens 2 1 Figure 3 1 Input Power and Motor Cable Stripping and Wire Lengths 3 4 Figure 3 2 Wiring Plate wos dscns anes dee eed Ve anaE iade new Cee ee deeb eee 3 5 Figure 3 3 Ground Terminal Locations 0 00 c cece eee eee eee eee nee 3 5 Figure 3 4 Cable Protection Plate 0 cece eee eee nee 3 6 Figure 3 5 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FRA ERS and FRO 22i win mah ied bee ba EERDE eae ou teed ee cea aes 3 7 Figure 3 6 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FRO FR7 and FRB 202 nman Rt bs sated ham hh hee LAKARAN teed RAANG 3 8 Figure 3 7 Principle Wiring Diagram of HVX Power Unit FROANG AA 3 9 Figure 3 8 FR4 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals 2 2n 3 10 Figure 3 9 FR5 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals cece 3 11 Figure 3 10 FR6 Power and Motor Wiring Terminals cece eee 3 12 Figure 3 11 FR7 Power and Moto
216. s activated when the selected setting is true See Table 8 5 for setting information Table 8 5 RO3 Content Settings Setting Signal Content 0 Not used 1 Ready The HVX9000 is ready to operate 2 Run The HVX9000 is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip has not occurred 5 Drive overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70C 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on External Fault 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on 4 mA Reference Fault Response if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Bypass Run Bypass has been selected 11 At speed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 1 and Speed Supervision Value 1 14 Output frequency limit 2 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 2 and Speed Supervision Value 2 TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 21 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 10 Relay Output 4 RO4 Content P1 3 11 Relay Output
217. s stopped See Figure 8 29 8 56 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 11 26 Range 0 00 100 00 Default 25 00 Wake Up Limit Units Percent WAKE UP LIMIT The wake up limit defines the frequency below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the HVX9000 is restored See Figure 8 29 P1 11 27 Range 0 1 Default 0 Below Level Wake Up Action JAKE UP ACTION This parameter defines if the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake Up Limit See Figure 8 29 0 Wake up falling below limit 1 Wake up exceeding limit Actual Value Wake Up Level P1 11 26 Time gt Output Frequency t lt Sleep Delay t lt Sleep Delay oH lt H Sleep Level P1 11 24 Time gt Running Start Stop Status of the Drive Stop Figure 8 29 Frequency Converter Sleep Function TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 57 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 P1 11 28 Range 0 7 Default 0 No additional reference PID Sum Point ND SUMPOINT REF wee Reference Selection Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is used See Figure 8 30 No additional reference Direct PID output value
218. selected Default 60 0 Range 0 1 3000 0 Default 60 0 Units Seconds ACCEL TIME 7 READ ONLY Range 0 1 3000 0 Default 60 0 Units Seconds DECEL TIME 1 This defines the time required for the output frequency to change from the maximum frequency to the minimum frequency as set by Maximum Frequency and Minimum Frequency With the use of Deceleration Time 1 and Deceleration Time 2 two different deceleration times can be used for an application The active set can be selected with one of the programmable digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 or DIN6 Note If the PID controller is used Acceleration Time 2 Deceleration Time 2 is automatically selected Range 0 1 3000 0 Default 60 0 Units Seconds GECEL TINE 1 READ ONLY Range 0 3 x InHvxL 2 0 x InHVXL Default InHVXL Units Amperes MOTOR NGA CURRNT This is the motor nameplate full load current In This Read Only Value is only present when the Parameter Lock is set to Change Disable Also when the Lock Panel is On from the Siemens Apogee Network The preceding parameter becomes invisible TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 1 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 1 8 Motor Nominal Voltage P1 1 9 Motor Nominal Frequency P1 1 10 Motor Nominal Speed P1 1 11 Motor Power Factor P1 1 12 Current Limit P1 1 13 Current Limit Read Only P1 1 14 HOA Control Sou
219. sells products to customers in more than 125 countries For more information visit www eaton com 2006 Eaton Corporation All Rights Reserved A Printed in USA O ut e F a m m e r Publication No TD04008003E CPG m August 2006
220. stopped and not controlling the load Ready Indicates that the HVX9000 is ready to be started Run Enable INTLK DIN selection will disable Ready Alarm Indicates that there is one or more active drive alarm s Fault Indicates that there is one or more active drive fault s 1 O Terminal Indicates that the I O terminal have been chosen for control Keypad Keypad Indicates that the keypad has been chosen for control Bus Communications Indicates that the communications bus has been chosen for control Hand Indicates that HAND has been chosen in the HOA control mode Off Indicates that the HVX9000 is stopped while in the HOA control mode 00000008 06 o o Auto Indicates that AUTO has been chosen in the HOA control mode Table 6 2 LED Status Indicators Indicator Description ready Ready Steady Illumination Indicates that the HVX9000 is ready to be started Ready Flashing once per second Bypass Mode is enabled and awaiting a start signal Flashing twice per second indicates that the HVX9000 is running motor in Bypass run Run Indicates that the HVX9000 or Bypass is operating and controlling the load fault Fault Indicates that there is one or more active drive fault s 6 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual
221. t 21218 Voltage Output e e HR ABCD ABCD ABCD sooo eeee ecco sooo sooo oo X1 X2 X6 X3 Jumper Setting CMA and CMB Grounding x3 fe e CMB Connected to Ground F CMA Connected to Ground ee ee eH CMB Isolated from Ground CMA Isolated from Ground CMB and CMA Internally el Connected and Isolated from Ground Designates Default Jumper Settings Figure 4 3 Option Board A9 Jumper Location and Settings Slot A Wiring Option Board A2 Basic Relay Board A2 i Ron 21 jo Ole RO1 2 22 E i Programmable RO1 3 Ii NO NC Relays l RO2 1 24 a Switching i lt 8A 24V DC RO2 2 25 lt 0 4A 125V DC i lt 8A 250V AC i RO2 3 26 Continuously H lt 2 Arms ho M ss p m ag a ag pi as NG ga sa Mm 5 Mm 4 Figure 4 4 Option Board A2 Wiring Diagram Slot B TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 4 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Table 4 4 Option Board A2 Terminal Descriptions August 2006 Terminal Signal Description and Parameter Reference 21 RO1 1 Normally Closed NC Run Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 22 RO1 2 Common 250V AC 8A 23 RO1 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4Az Min switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous Capacity lt 2 Arms 24 RO2 1 Normally Closed NC Fault Switching Capacity 24V DC 8A 25 RO2 2 Common 250V AC 8A 26 RO2 3 Normally Open NO 125V DC 0 4A Min switching load 5V 10 mA Continuous
222. t www EatonElectrical com 8 9 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 12 Al1 Signal Inversion P1 2 13 Al1 Filter Time August 2006 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion All SIGNAL INV Setting this parameter to 1 causes the maximum set output to occur with the minimum reference input and the minimum set output to occur with the maximum reference input 0 No Inversion 1 Al1 signal inverted Range 0 00 10 00 Default 0 10 Units Seconds AN FILTER TIME This parameter given a value greater than O activates the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog input 1 Vin signal Long filtering time makes the signal change slower See Figure 8 2 Yo Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 tIs P1 2 14 Al2 Signal Range P1 2 15 Al2 Custom Minimum P1 2 16 Al2 Custom Maximum Figure 8 2 Al1 Signal Filtering Range 0 2 Default 1 4 20 mA 20 100 Units Percent Ald SIGNAL RANGE 0 Signal range 0 20 mA O 100 1 Signal range 4 20 mA 20 100 2 Custom signal range see Al2 Custom Minimum and A12 Custom Maximum Range 0 00 Al2 Custom Max Default 0 00 Units Percent Ale CUSTOM MN This parameter allows the setting of the minimum level of analog input 2 as a percentage of 20 mA See also Al1 Custom Minimum Range Al2 Custom Min 100 00 Default 100 00 Units Percent Ale CUSTOM MAX This parameter allows the setti
223. t 8 33 Frequency 1 High Limit P1 5 2 Skipf 1 High Lim Skip Frequency 1 0 01 Hz 0 00 510 Skip frequency range 1 high limit 8 33 Low Limit Max Frequency P1 5 3 Skipf 2 Low Lim 0 00 Skip 0 01 Hz 0 00 511 Skip frequency range 2 low limit 8 33 Frequency 2 High Limit P1 5 4 Skipf 2 High Lim Skip Frequency 2 0 01 Hz 0 00 512 Skip frequency range 2 high limit 8 33 Low Limit Max Frequency P1 5 5 Skipf 3 Low Lim 0 Skip 0 01 Hz 0 00 513 Skip frequency range 3 low limit 8 33 Frequency 3 High Limit P1 5 6 Skipf 3 High Lim Skip Frequency 3 0 01 Hz 0 00 514 Skip frequency range 3 high limit 8 34 Low Limit Max Frequency P1 5 7 PH Acc Dec Ramp 0 1 10 0 0 1 1 0 518 Ramp time multiplier in skip range 8 34 Table B 6 Parameter Group G1 6 Motor Control Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 6 1 Motor Ctrl Mode 0 1 1 0 600 0 Frequency control 8 35 Frequency 1 Speed control control P1 6 2 V Hz Optimization 0 1 1 0 None 109 0 None 8 35 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio Select 0 3 1 O Linear 108 0 Linear 8 36 1 Squared 2 Programmable V f curve 3 Linear with flux optimization P1 6 4 Field WeakngPnt 30 00 320 00 0 01 Hz 60 00 602 Usually corresponds to Motor 8 37 Nominal Frequency P1 6 5 Voltage at FWP 10 00 200 00 0 01 100 00 603 Usually corresponds to Motor 8 37 Nominal Voltage P1
224. t Filtering TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 8 15 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 3 3 Aout Invert Range 0 1 Agut INVERT August 2006 Default 0 Not Inverted Setting this parameter to 1 inverts the analog output signal so that the maximum output occurs at the minimum value of the Analog Output Aout Content parameter and the minimum output occurs at the maximum value of the Analog Output Aout Content parameter See Figure 8 6 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Analog Output Current A 20 mA 12 mA 10 mA 4mA P1 3 5 OmA 100 Max Value of Signal Selected with P1 3 2 gt 0 P1 3 4 Analog Output Aout Minimum P1 3 5 Analog Output Aout Scale Figure 8 6 Analog Output Inversion Range 0 1 Aour FUNIFIUA Default O O mA Sets the signal minimum to either O mA or 4 mA 0 OmA minimum 1 4mA minimum Range 10 1000 Units Percent fout SCALE Default 100 See Figures 8 6 and 8 7 and Table 8 1 for scaling information and examples Table 8 1 Scaling Factor for the Analog Output Output current Signal Maximum Value of the Signal Output frequency 100 x fmax Motor speed 100 x Motor nominal speed 100 X InMotor Motor torque 100 x TnMotor Motor power 1 00 X PhMotor Motor voltage 100 x Vnmotor DC link voltage 1000 V Pl ref val
225. t Time Figure 6 2 illustrates the Operate Menu button function TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer Note Once enabled bypass operation across the input line will be controlled through whichever control source is selected Pressing BYPASS button will not work if HOA HAND OFF AUTO is in OFF Bypass Enabling Disabling and Running Motor To enable the bypass Press the BYPASS button Display Reads Activate Bypass Press Enter Press Sri J key After pressing the key display will read RUN IN BYPASS Press Start You should also observe that READY LED is flashing once per second This LED indicates that the unit is in Bypass Mode and awaiting a start signal Once Bypass is running the LED will flash at a faster rate twice every second plus display will read MOTOR RUNNING IN BYPASS IMPORTANT At this point you have two possible start sources for bypass operation Whichever control source is indicated on the display such as I O term or Bus Comm plus directly from the keypad When you want to leave Bypass Mode and return to AFD operation press the BYPASS button Display will read RETURN TO DRIVE Press Enter If Activate Bypass Press Enter is displayed you must press the key to activate Keypad Bypass Control before pressing the BYPASS button a
226. t and strong enough to support the drive is not flammable and is not subject to excessive motion or vibration Ensure that the minimum airflow requirements for your drive are met at the mounting location Mark the location of the mounting holes on the mounting surface using the template provided on the cover of the cardboard shipping package Using fasteners appropriate to your drive and mounting surface securely attach the drive to the mounting surface using all 4 screws or bolts 2 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 mag Chapter 3 Power Wiring Guidelines To ensure proper wiring use the following guidelines Use heat resistant copper cables only 75 C or higher The input line cable and line fuses must be sized in accordance with the rated input current of the unit See Tables 3 2 and 3 5 Consistent with UL listing requirements for maximum protection of the HVX9000 drive UL recognized fuses type RK should be used If motor temperature sensing is used for overload protection the output wire size may be selected based on the motor specifications If three or more shielded cables are used in parallel for the output on the larger units every cable must have its own overload protection Avoid placing the motor cables in long parallel lines with other cables If the motor cables run in parallel with other
227. t cause personal injury or damage equipment connected to the motor A CAUTION Set the maximum motor speed frequency in the HXV9000 drive according to the requirements of the motor and the equipment connected to it Incorrect maximum frequency settings can cause motor or equipment damage and the potential for personal injury A CAUTION Before reversing the motor rotation ensure that this will not cause personal injury or equipment damage A CAUTION Make sure that no power factor correction capacitors are connected to the HVX9000 output or the motor terminals to prevent HVX9000 malfunction and potential damage A CAUTION Make sure that the HVX9000 output terminals U V W are not connected to the utility line power as severe damage to the HVX9000 drive and personal injury may occur August 2006 xii For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E EF T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 as Chapter 1 Overview This chapter describes the purpose and contents of this manual the receiving inspection recommendations and the Cutler Hammer HVX9000 catalog numbering system How to Use This Manual The purpose of this manual is to provide you with information necessary to install set and customize parameters start up troubleshoot and maintain the Cutler Hammer HVX9000 drive from Eaton s electrical business To provide for safe installation and operatio
228. t is used to energize an element of the driven system such as a damper seal water solenoid or a pre lube pump Upon a return acknowledgement contact closure to the programmed digital input the HVX9000 will start 2 Interlock Time Start This functions the same as the Interlocked Start except that if the return acknowledgement contact is not received within the Interlock Timeout an IntIkTimeExpired RestartDrive message is displayed and the start sequence will need to be restarted 3 Delay Start This start is similar to the Interlocked Start except that a return contact is not used After the Delay Time following the relay output closure the HVX9000 starts Note Selections 1 3 will only function properly with BAS selected for the Start Source Range 1 32 500 Default 5 Units Seconds INTLE TIMEOUT The timeout time used for an Interlocked Time Start after which the start sequence must be restarted if no acknowledgement contact is received See DIN1 Function This parameter is also used for the Panel Damper Function Interlock Time Start P2 5 Range 1 32 500 Default 5 Units Seconds DELAY TIME The delay time following a Delay Start after which the HVX9000 will be started See DIN1 Function This parameter is also used for the Panel Damper Function Delay Start P2 5 8 4 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives Us
229. tage discharge may damage the components 4x CAUTION Any electrical or mechanical modification to this equipment without prior written consent of Eaton will void all warranties and may result in a safety hazard in addition and voiding of the UL listing TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com Xi HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer A CAUTION Install the HVX9000 drive on flame resistant material such as a steel plate to reduce the risk of fire CAUTION Install the HVX9000 drive on a perpendicular surface that is able to support the weight of the drive and is not subject to vibration to lessen the risk of the drive falling and being damaged and or causing personal injury CAUTION Prevent foreign material such as wire clippings or metal shavings from entering the drive enclosure as this may cause arcing damage and fire CAUTION Install the HXV9000 drive in a well ventilated room that is not subject to temperature extremes high humidity or condensation and avoid locations that are directly exposed to sunlight or have high concentrations of dust corrosive gas explosive gas inflammable gas grinding fluid mist etc Improper installation may result in a fire hazard Motor and Equipment Safety 4x CAUTION Before starting the motor check that the motor is mounted properly and aligned with the driven equipment Ensure that starting the motor will no
230. tentiometer down contact closed Motor potentiometer down selected 8 PID Reference 2 Select 9 PM Setback contact closed PM Setback enabled 10 Fault reset contact closed All faults reset 11 Speed Select 3 contact closed 12 HOA On Off contact closed HOA Off 13 Bypass Overload Fault 14 Fire Mode contact closed Fire Mode selected 15 Fire Mode Preset Reference Select 1 2 Contact opened Fire Mode Reference 1 selected Contact closed Fire Mode Reference 2 selected This selection is automatically set to 13 Bypass Overload Fault if P1 10 1 IntelliPass has Bypass enabled or if P1 10 3 Auto Bypass is enabled Note If P1 2 4 DIN2 Function Selection 2 Bypass Ovid Fault is already programmed DIN6 will NOT change Range 0 2 Default 0 O 20 mA 0 100 Units Percent 1 SIGNAL RANGE With this parameter you can select the analog input 1 signal range 0 Signal range 0 20 mA 0 100 1 Signal range 4 20 mA 20 100 2 Customized signal range defined with A11 Custom Minimum and Al1 Custom Maximum Range 0 00 Al1 Custom Minimum Default 0 00 Units Percent All LUSTON MN This parameter allows the setting of minimum level for the customized analog input 1 as a percentage of 10V Range Al1 Custom Maximum Default 100 00 100 00 Units Percent 1 CUSTOM MAX This parameter allows the setting of the maximum level for the customized analog input 1 as a percentage of 10V TD04008003E For more information visi
231. th programmable delay see External Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay 18 Control from I O terminals External control mode 19 Drive temperature limit Frequency converter heatsink temperature supervision goes beyond the set supervision limits see Temperature Function Supervision and Temperature Supervision Value 20 Unrequested rotation Motor rotation direction is different from the direction requested one 8 20 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table 8 4 RO2 Function Settings continued Setting Signal Content 21 External brake control External brake ON OFF control see External inverted Brake Off Delay and External Brake On Delay Output active when brake control is OFF 22 Thermistor fault or The thermistor input of option board warning indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on Thermistor Fault Response 23 Pass Through Output can be forced on via Fleldbus Communications 24 Fire Mode Fire Mode is active 25 Auto Control In Auto Control mode 26 Hand Control In Hand Control mode 27 Start Delay Relay Starts delay relay 28 Run Bypass or Drive Running in Bypass or Drive P1 3 9 Range 1 28 Default 28 Run Bypass or Drive Relay Output3 R03 CONTENT RO3 Content Relay output RO3 i
232. the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application See Figure 8 17 Linear with flux optimization The HVX9000 searches for the minimum motor current in order to save energy and to lower the audible motor noise This can be used in applications with stable low peak level motor load such as fans pumps etc Voltage V A V P1 6 Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening n 3 Point Squared Default Nominal Frequency of the Motor gt Frequency Hz Figure 8 16 Linear and Squared Change of Motor Voltage 8 36 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Default 1096 Default 096 Voltage V A V n P1 6 5 Field Weakening Point Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor P1 6 7 ie Default Nominal Frequency of the P1 6 8 Motor gt P1 6 6 P1 6 4 Frequency Hz Default 60 Hz P1 6 4 Field Weakening Point P1 6 5 Voltage at Field Weakening Point P1 6 6 V f Mid Point Frequency P1 6 7 V f Mid Point Voltage Figure 8 17 Programmable V f Ratio Range 30 00 320 00 Units Hertz IELD WERKNGPNT The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the set maximum value This usually corresponds to the motor nameplate frequency Default 60 00 R
233. the right arrow a second time will allow you to edit the parameter value digit by digit e To confirm the parameter change you must press the ENTER key The value will not change unless the ENTER button is pushed e Parameters identified with a footnote in Appendix B can not be changed while the HVX9000 is running The screen will display LOCKED if you attempt to edit these parameters while the drive is running Stop the drive to edit these parameters Main Menu The data on the control keypad are arranged in menus and submenus The first menu level consists of menus M1 to M6 and is called the Main menu These menus and their submenus are illustrated in Figures 6 4 and 6 5 Menu Navigation Up Arrow The up arrow advances to the next menu item For example pressing the up arrow once will advance from M1 to M2 Down Arrow The down arrow backs up to the previous menu item For example pressing the down arrow once will back up from M2 to M1 Right Arrow The right arrow will advance to the next level in the menu For example pressing the right arrow once will advance from M1 to G1 1 Left Arrow The left arrow will back up one level in the menu structure For example pressing the left arrow once will back up from G1 1 to M1 a OO HM1 Parameter Menu G1 1 Basic Parameters G1 2 Input Signals 3 Output Signals 4 Drive Control 5 Skip Frequencies 6 Motor Control 7 8 9
234. to operate 2 Run The HVX9000 is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip has not occurred 5 Drive overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70C 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on External Fault 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on 4 mA Reference Fault Response if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Bypass Run Bypass has been selected 11 At speed The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated 13 Output frequency limit 1 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 1 and Speed Supervision Value 1 14 Output frequency limit 2 The output frequency is outside the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Frequency Supervision Function 2 and Speed Supervision Value 2 15 Torque limit supervision The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see Torque Supervision Function and Torque Supervision Value 16 Reference limit Active reference is beyond the set supervision supervision low limit high limit see Reference Supervision Limit and Reference Supervision Value 17 External brake control External brake ON OFF control wi
235. tonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Em Appendix B Parameter Tables Table B 1 Parameter Group G1 1 Basic Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 1 1 Min Frequency 0 00 Max Frequency 0 01 Hz 12 00 101 Minimum frequency setting 8 1 P1 1 2 Max Frequency Min Frequency 320 00 0 01 Hz 60 00 102 Maximum frequency setting 8 1 P1 1 3 Accel Time 1 0 1 3000 0 0 1s 60 0 103 Time from fmin Minimum Frequency to fmax Maximum Frequency 8 1 V1 1 4 Accel Time 1 Read Only 0 1 3000 0 0 1s 60 0 1690 Time from fmin Minimum Frequency to fmax Maximum Frequency 8 1 P1 1 5 Decel Time 1 0 1 3000 0 0 1s 60 0 104 Time from fmax Maximum Frequency to fmin Minimum Frequency 8 1 V1 1 6 Decel Time 1 Read Only 0 1 3000 0 0 1s 60 0 1691 Time from fmax Maximum Frequency to fmin Minimum Frequency 8 1 P1 1 7 Motor Nom Currnt 0 3 x InHvxL 2 0 x InHVXL InHVXL 113 Motor nominal nameplate full load current 8 1 P1 1 8 Motor Nom Voltg 180 690 TV 230 or 460 Drive Rating 110 Motor nominal nameplate base voltage 8 2 P1 1 9 Motor Nom Freq 30 00 320 00 60 00 111 Motor nominal nameplate base frequency 8 2 P
236. tonElectrical com 8 5 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 5 DIN3 Function August 2006 Range 0 15 Default 10 Fault Reset DINI FUNCTIO This parameter determines the function of digital input DIN3 If DIN3 is not being used set this parameter to 0 0 Enable Bypass 1 External fault contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 2 External fault contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped 3 Run enable External interlock Contact open HVX9000 start disabled Contact closed HVX9000 start enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Hand Auto Select contact closed Auto control selected Motor potentiometer up contact closed Motor potentiometer up selected PID Control contact closed PID control selected PID Reference 2 Select Speed Select 1 contact closed 0 Fault reset contact closed All faults reset 1 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 1 13 Smoke Purge 14 Fire Mode contact closed Fire Mode selected See Page 8 48 15 Fire Mode Preset Reference Select Contact open or closed based on FMRefSelFunction lf this input is ON then FireModeFreqRef1
237. tput G5 33 Active Faults G5 34 Fault History G5 35 Multimonitor 8 62 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Appendix A Technical Data Specifications Table A 1 HVX9000 Drive Specifications Description Specification Power Connections Input Voltage Vin Input Frequency fin 230V 10 15 480V 10 15 575V 10 15 50 60 Hz variation up to 45 66 Hz Connection to Utility Power Once per minute or less typical operation High Interrupt Rating The current withstand rating of the drive is 100 000 Amperes When Freedom Starters and an HMCP the current interrupting rating is 100 000 Amperes When used with IT style starters the current interrupting rating is 36 000 Amperes Motor Connections Output Voltage 0 to Vin Continuous Output Current Ambient temperature max 104 F 40 C overload 1 1 x I 1 min 10 min Starting Torque 110 Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz Frequency Resolution 0 01 Hz Control Characteristics Control Method Frequency Control V f Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control Switching Frequency Frequency Reference Adjustable with Switching Frequency 230V 1 20 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 10 kHz 25 40 hp 1 to 10 kHz default 3 6 kHz 480V 1 40 hp 1 to 16 kHz default 10 kHz 50 250 hp 1 t
238. ts to blink If several faults occur simultaneously the sequence of active faults can be browsed with the Browser buttons See Figure 6 13 The active faults memory can store the maximum of 10 faults in the sequential order of appearance The display can be cleared with the STOP RESET button and the readout will return to the same state it was before the fault trip The fault remains active until it is cleared with the STOP RESET button or with a reset signal from the I O terminal OSD CD 0533 D gt wD 51 Ext Fault F Tie 13s Figure 6 13 Active Fault Display Example 6 22 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 A CAUTION Remove any External Start signals or permissives before resetting the fault to prevent unintentional restart of the HVX9000 which could result in personal injury or equipment damage Fault Type Fault Code Fault Time Data Range A F AR FT FAULT TYPE There are four different types of faults These faults and their definitions are given Table 6 12 Table 6 12 Fault Types Fault Type Fault Name Description A Alarm This type of fault is a sign of an unusual operating condition It does not cause the drive to stop nor does it require any special actions The A fault remains in the display for about 30 seconds F Fault An F fault
239. ue 100 x ref value max PI act value 1 PI act value 2 100 x actual value max 100 x actual value max PI error value 100 x error value max PI output 100 x output max 8 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Analog Output Current A P1 3 5 200 P1 3 5 20 mA 100 P1 3 5 12 mA 50 10 mA 4mA Max Value of Signal Selected with P1 3 2 OmA gt 0 0 5 1 0 Figure 8 7 Analog Output Scale P1 3 6 Range 1 26 Default 1 Ready Digital Output 1 DOT FUNCTION DO1 Function Digital output DO1 sinks current when the selected setting is true See Table 8 2 for setting information Table 8 2 DO1 Function Settings Setting Signal Content 1 Ready The HVX9000 is ready to operate 2 Run The HVX9000 is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip has not occurred 5 Drive overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70C 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on External Fault 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on 4 mA Reference Fault Response if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Bypass Run Bypass h
240. ugust 2006 Sequence of Operation 1 Read and follow all safety precautions 2 At installation ensure That the HVX9000 and motor are connected to ground b That the utility and motor cables are in accordance with the installation and connection instructions as detailed in Chapter 3 c That the control cables are located as far as possible from the power cables as detailed in Chapter 4 and Table 3 1 That control cable shields are connected to protective ground That no wires make contact with any electrical components in the HV9000 d That the common input of digital input groups is connected to 24V or ground of the I O terminal supply or an external supply as detailed in Chapter 4 and Figure 4 6 Check the quality of the cooling air as detailed in Chapter 2 4 Check that moisture has not condensed inside the HVX9000 Check that all START STOP switches connected to the I O terminals are in the STOP state Connect the HVX9000 to the utility and switch the power on Ensure that Group G1 1 parameters match the application by setting the following parameters to match the motor nameplate e P1 1 7 the motor nominal current e P1 1 8 the nominal voltage of the motor e P1 1 9 the nominal nameplate frequency of the motor e P1 1 10 the nominal nameplate full load speed of the motor e P1 1 11 the motor power factor 7 2 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX
241. um scaling point for actual value 1 096 is equivalent to no minimum scaling See Figure 8 25 A A Scaled Scaled Input Signal 96 Input Signal 96 100 100 j A P1 11 9 30 La 11 9 30 76 5 Pi ENG 15 3 MA P1 11 12 30 nak P1 11 13 140 7 wr 17 7 3 5 MA L pr I Analog p Analog Al si 100 Input 2 3g 0 100 14096 Input 0 3 3 8 0 10 0V 0 10 0V 0 6 0 16 0 20 0mA 0 20 0 mA 4 8 8 16 8 20 0mA 4 20 0 mA Figure 8 25 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 11 11 Range 0 9 Default 0 Not used Actual Value 2 ACTUAL 2 INPUT Input This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 2 input signal source 0 Not used 1 Analog Input Al1 control board terminals 2 and 3 2 Analog Input Al2 control board terminals 4 and 5 3 Analog input Al3 4 Analog input Al4 Not available at this time 5 Communication bus FB Process Data IN 3 ID 2006 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power P1 11 12 Range 1000 0 1000 0 Default 100 0 Actual 2 Maximum Units Percent Scale CTUAL 2 MAX SCALE This parameter sets the maximum scaling point for actual value 2 100 is equivalent to no maximum scaling See Figure 8 25 P1 11 13 Range 1000 0 1000 0 Default 0 0 Actual 2 Minimum Units Percent Scale ACTUAL 2 MIN SCALE This parameter sets the minimum scali
242. up mode enter parameter mode from group mode Up and Down Arrows move either up or down the operating menu list in order to view the desired operating values Co move either up or down the parameter group list in order to select the desired group move either up or down the parameter list in order to select the desired parameter in the group e increase decrease the reference value of the selected parameter TD04008003E For more information visit www EatonElectrical com 6 3 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer August 2006 Start Up Wizard Upon initial power up the Start Up Wizard guides the commissioner through the basic HVX9000 setup The Start Up Wizard may be set to function upon power up by setting parameter P3 5 3 or by pressing the STOP button for 5 seconds The display will read Startup Wizard ACTIVATED after 5 seconds Upon power up the display will read Startup wizard Press enter Upon pressing ENTER the choice for the language to be used followed by the application desired are presented Change selection by using the up and down arrow buttons A selection is confirmed by pressing ENTER After the application selection the following text appears Setup starts Press enter When ENTER is pressed the setup parameter list is presented The parameter value will be blinking allowing setting by the up and down arrow buttons The value is confirmed using the ENTER button afte
243. ure 8 4 Voltage input Al1 with a signal range of 0 10V is selected for the Place B reference and its minimum and maximum output values are scaled from their preset values by using the Reference Scale Minimum and Reference Scale Maximum parameters Output Frequency Max Frequency P1 1 2 4 Output Frequency Max Frequency P1 1 2 Min Frequency P1 1 1 Ref Scaling Max Value 1 2 23 Analog Ref Scaling Min Value P1 2 22 Input V Min Frequency P1 1 1 gt Analog Input V gt Without Reference Scaling 10 0 10 With Reference Scaling Figure 8 4 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling P1 2 24 A13 Signal Selection P1 2 25 Al3 Signal Range Range AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 Default AnIN 0 1 AlZ SIGNAL SEL Connect the Al3 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter Range 0 1 Default 1 4 20 mA 20 100 AlZ SIGNAL RANGE This parameter sets the signal range of analog input 3 0 Signal range 0 20 mA 0 100 1 Signal range 4 20 mA 20 100 This parameter allows the setting of the maximum level of analog input 2 as a percentage of 20 mA See also Al1 Custom Maximum For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 2 26 Range 0 1 Default 0 No Inversion Al3 Signal Inversion 3 SIGNAL INL Setting this para
244. ut status Figure 6 11 V5 22 DIN Status 1904 Digital Input status All digital Inputs V5 23 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output status Figure 6 12 V5 24 RO3 RO4 RO5 1678 Relay output status V5 25 Relay out status 1773 Status of all relay outputs V5 26 Analog lout mA 26 Current Output at Terminals AO1 and AO1 V5 27 Analog Output 2 mA 1874 Current Output at Terminals AO2 and AO2 V5 28 Analog Output 3 mA 1875 Current Output at Terminals AO3 and AO3 V5 29 PID Setpoint 20 PID Setpoint Level V5 30 PID Actual Level 21 PID Actual Level V5 31 PID Error Value 22 PID Error Value V5 32 PID Output 23 PID Output G5 33 Active Faults See Page 6 22 G5 34 Fault History See Page 6 24 G5 35 Multimonitor See Page 6 24 Resettable via S 3 8 2 trip counters Includes BIN Binary to decimal converted value for all digital and relay outputs See description on Page 6 17 B 16 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Es Appendix C Fault and Warning Codes Table C 1 Fault Codes Fault Code Fault Possible Cause Solution 1 Overcurrent HVX9000 has detected a high Check loading current 54xl in its output Check motor due to Check cabl sudden heavy load increase eck Cables short in the motor short in the cab
245. ween Check installation fault the communication bus master f installation is correct contact and the communication bus your Cutler Hammer distributor board has failed 54 Slot fault Defective option board or slot Check that the board is properly installed and seated in slot If installation is correct contact your Cutler Hammer distributor 82 BypassOverLoad The motor has been overloaded Decrease the motor load while connected to the bypass Disable the Current Imbalance feature see the IT manual For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Co Appendix D Figures and Tables by Topics List of Figures Acceleration Deceleration Curve S Shaped Figure 8 10 eee eee Active Fault Display Example Figure 6 13 0 000 cece eee eee eens A11 Signal Filtering Figure 8 2 neennes Al2 Signal Filtering Figure 8 3 eee n teens Analog Output Filtering Figure 8 5 0 0 ccc eens Analog Output Inversion Figure 8 6 cee eee teenies Analog Output Scale Figure 8 7 2 0 ccc eee teen eens Cable Protection Plate Figure 3 4 2 0 0c cee eee eens Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling Figure 8 4 DC Braking Command Figure 8 1 2 eee eee eee eens DC Braking Time at Start Figure 8 13 0 ccc eee eens
246. ww EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 P1 4 13 Flux Brake Current Range 0 1 x InMotor Current Limit Default 0 5 x InMotor Units Amperes FLUXORABECURRENT Defines the flux braking current value It can be set between 0 1 x InMot Motor Power Factor and the Current Limit setting Parameter Group G1 5 Skip Frequencies P1 5 1 Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit P1 5 2 Skip Frequency 1 High Limit P1 5 3 Skip Frequency 2 Low Limit P1 5 4 Skip Frequency 2 High Limit P1 5 5 Skip Frequency 3 Low Limit Range 0 00 Skip Frequency 1 High Default 0 00 Limit Units Hertz SKIPF 1 LOW LIO In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 14 Range Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit Default 0 00 Max Frequency Units Hertz SKIPF 1 HIGH LIN In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonances Using Skip Frequency 1 Low Limit to Skip Frequency 3 High Limit parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 14 0 No skip frequency range 1 Range 0 00 Skip Frequency 2 High Default 0 00 Limit Units Hertz SKIPF 2 LOW Lif In some systems it may be necessary to avo
247. www EatonElectrical com 8 13 HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual E T N Cutler Hammer P1 2 32 Interlock Run Enable Display Text Parameters August 2006 Range 0 9 NTLA TEXT DINZ 1 2 32 1 Interlock Run Enable Text for DIN2 INTLK TEXT DINI 1 2 32 2 Interlock Run Enable Text for DIN3 1 2 32 3 Interlock Run Enable Text for DIN4 INTLK TEXT DINS 1 2 32 4 Interlock Run Enable Text for DIN5 INTLK TEXT BING 1 2 32 5 Interlock Run Enable Text for DING Default 0 When a Digital Input is selected for External Interlock Run Enable the user has a choice of the following text displays when the contact is open Ext Interlock Run Enable Vibration Cutout High Motor Temperature Freeze Stat Trip Low Pressure High Pressure Low Water Smoke Detect 3 Wire Off 10 Damper Interlock 11 Open Safety See Note below 12 Seal Leakage 13 Valve Sequence 14 Megger Shutdown Note When Open Safety is used along with Damper Output the operation of the start sequence is restarted when the contact opens This varies only in BAS control whereas if any other of the selections above are used the damper output relay will remain ON when this contact is opened and the motor will automatically restart when contact is closed If selection 11 Open Safety is selected the damper output will turn OFF when the input is open Once the Open Safety input is closed the damper output will turn ON and the motor
248. ypass occurs 8 50 P1 10 5 Over 1 BypasEnab 0 1 1 0 1553 0 Auto bypass on overcurrent 8 50 disabled 1 Auto bypass on overcurrent after restart tries exceeded enabled P1 10 6 IGBT FLT BypasEn 0 1 1 0 1552 0 Auto bypass on IGBT fault 8 50 disabled 1 Auto bypass on IGBT fault after restart tries exceeded enabled P1 10 7 No Ref BypasEnab 0 1 1 0 1554 0 Auto bypass on 4 mA loss 8 50 disabled 1 Auto bypass on 4 mA loss after restart tries exceeded enabled P1 10 8 UV BypassEnab 0 1 1 0 1550 0 Auto bypass on undervoltage 8 50 disabled 1 Auto bypass on undervoltage after restart tries exceeded enabled P1 10 9 Ovolt BypassEnab 0 1 1 0 1555 0 Auto bypass on overvoltage 8 50 disabled 1 Auto bypass on overvoltage after restart tries exceeded enabled Drive must be stopped to edit these parameters B 12 For more information visit www EatonElectrical com TD04008003E E T N Cutler Hammer HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual August 2006 Table B 11 Parameter Group G1 11 PID Control Code Parameter Range Step Default ID Description Page P1 11 1 PID Reference 0 4 1 0 Al1 332 Reference from keypad Reference from communication bus Reference from motor potentiometer A WNO Analog voltage Al1 terminals 2 3 Analog current Al2 terminals 4 5 8 51 P1 11 2 Engineering Unit 0 Percent 1796

HVX9000 AF Drives User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents